Home

Cadillac 2007 SRX Automobile User Manual

Contents

1. eeeeeeees 3 109 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 109 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview United States version shown Canada similar 3 4 Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 31 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 34 Hazard Warning Flasher Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Shift Lever and Range Selection Mode See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 30 Tow Haul Selector Button See Tow Haul Mode on page 2 34 Driver Information Center Controls See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 48 Analog Clock See Analog Clock on page 3 25 Audio System See Audio System s on page 3 70 StabiliTrak Button See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 Rear Park Aid Disable Button See Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA on page 2 48 Tilt Wheel Lever See Tilt Wheel on page 3 6 TO Exterior Lamps Control See Exterior Lamps on page 3 16 Dome Lamp Override Button See Dome Lamp Override on page 3 22 Instrument Panel Brightness Control See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 21 Fog Lamp Button See Fog Lamps on page 3 21 Cruise Control Buttons See Cruise Control on page 3 13 Horn See Horn on page 3 6 Audio Steering Wheel Controls See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 106 Dual Automatic Clima
2. 3 26 DVD Rear Seat Entertainment System 3 95 ED Resse SEERE RENSE tensed E E 7 15 Electrical System Add On Equipment 0cceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 5 108 Center Instrument Panel Fuse Block 5 110 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 0eeeeeee 5 108 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 2 2 655 5 109 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 108 Underhood Fuse Block eeeeeeenee eters 5 111 Windshield Wiper Fuses seeeeeeeeee es 5 108 Engine Air Cleaner Filter a an eenen 5 17 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 3 43 GOON 2 ureei e A aE e ES ARR GE 5 24 Coolant Heater 25 555 opret inaani 2 28 Coolant Temperature Gage eeeeeeeeeee ee 3 42 Drive Belt Routing 15 sion heeh kh 6 16 Engine Compartment Overview s 5 12 EXMAUSE goteo enie a E aN 2 39 Fan Noise 3823153 fods rinii ene aaar 5 33 Qil vies hasetenitiszeieeli ices Mei ENE ER SEN ERE RESENS ENE 5 14 Oil Life System W u ssseeeeeeeeerenrn renere eens 5 16 Overheated Protection Operating Mode 5 28 Overheating secie aserne rensede E Ebbe 5 26 Running While Parked eeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 40 StartNr ra ieee tes needs 2 26 Entry Fig hin eeina 3 22 Event Data Recorders csceeeeeeeeereeeeeeeee 7 16 Exit big hin sarine inion a aaaea 3 22 Extender Safety Belt W u u ssssseeeererererenrnne 1 49 Exterior Lamps za
3. cceeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 20 Defensive Driving ceeeeeeeneeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Delayed Locking orisom ecreis 2 11 Differential Locking ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 5 DISC MPS ierse Tiasa ae RA paaie 3 90 Doing Your Own Service Work W sseeeeeererereneee 5 4 Dome Lamp Override ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 22 Dome Lam pS ressonar aE ER 3 22 Door Delayed LOCKING sirni miersii aiina 2 11 LOCKS baois REESE Se NEDE npa a EERE 2 10 Power Door LOCKS 22 sanne see lse mnei 2 10 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 11 Rear Door Security LOCKS e eeeeeeeeeee ees 2 11 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeee 3 48 DIC Operation and Displays ceeeeeeee 3 49 DIC Vehicle Customization ceeeeeeeeeee 3 61 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 53 Driving At Night ccccecceeeeeeceee sence tensa eeeeeeeeeees 4 26 Before a Long Trip sod abbed hese Neos 4 28 Defensive pessian n nin a eeen 4 2 BUNKE En a EE EEA 4 2 Highway Hypnosis erresacirssnetiennaeirna 4 28 Hill and Mountain Roads sssseneeeererrrree 4 29 In Rain and on Wet Roads sssseeerrerreer 4 27 ORAT siarane Henseende 4 12 Recovery HOOKS 22222222 meer hbn bre 4 34 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 34 VINE Farce beens ceca pmet arene tiaatemesa vantantueee SE ERR 4 30 Dual Automatic Climate Control System
4. cceseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 5 45 All Wheel Drive AWD System 4 8 Analog CI6Ck size terne nianon a o 3 25 Antenna Rear Side Window ssssseeeereeree 3 109 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna SV SUOMI ea a Eee en eee 3 109 Antilock Brake System ABS o ae 4 4 Antilock Brake System Warning Light 3 41 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 104 Care of Safety Belts cceeeeeeeeeee eee eeee es 5 101 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeee ees 5 105 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 4 5 102 Fabrici Carpet 522222 aner ae aetenneen coeeneruee 5 100 Finish Gare lt itsiistevendesvbccusaieies leaser 5 102 Finish Damage e ccvcscncaicgieeccpentexateerensnere 5 105 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACSS srira E E TE RG 5 101 Interior Cleaning sesiis ur eee neien 5 98 eather sorm aa Es e E E a 5 100 Sheet Metal Damage u sssseeeeererrerr renee 5 105 Speaker Covers ccceceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeaes 5 101 TRES enenu hannen needed danatat oare 5 105 Underbody Maintenance ssessseeeeererenrer 5 105 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 106 Washing Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeee eee ee ees 5 102 Weathersttips ii ccnciiscics anrai 5 101 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades 5 103 Wood Panels arropan en reeni Re 5 101 Appointments Scheduling Service 0 7 8 ASI AY
5. ccccececeeneeeeaeeeeeees 6 10 INTOGUCHOMN seisdsserens secdavedveocannnentasnenanssaaredt eens 6 2 Maintenance Footnotes cccececeseeeeeeeeneee 6 7 Maintenance Record ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 17 Maintenance Replacement Parts 5 6 15 Maintenance Requirements eeeeeeeee ee 6 2 Owner Checks and Services cccceceeeeeees 6 9 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 13 Scheduled Maintenance ccccce ec eeeeeee es 6 4 USING 2eicedecs Jeet ker Eee say lg shana 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Light cece eee 3 43 Manual USING veieien aeeaiei aa aa iii Memory Seat Mirrors and Pedals 1 6 Message DIC Warnings and Messages 0seeeeeeee 3 53 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Mirror with Intellibeam OnStar Compass and Temperature Bis play seccssciniasss setatiecs Hones irsta Ennis 2 41 Automatic Dimming Rearview with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display 2 43 Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors 06 2 45 MPS iuvene nine Aneschen Baten E NE 3 90 MYGMLNK COM 534 saiman iana HARER 7 4 Navigation System Privacy sssseeeererererrere 7 17 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual l e 3 95 New Vehicle Break In ssssseeeeeeerrerre seerne ner 2 24 Odometer irrena aiea aE died kates 3 35 Odometer Trip
6. A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 6 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked A CAUTION A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted 7 Make sure the safety belts are returned to the original position over the seatbacks Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts ACAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a safety belt properly If you are in a crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from it and be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too ACAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people r
7. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 The horn sounds two times to indicate the sensor identification code has been matched to the driver side rear tire and the TPMS sensor matching process is no longer active The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen goes off 9 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF 11 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Put the valve caps back on the valve stems Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect your vehicle s tires including the spare tire for signs of wear or damage See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 71 for more information Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 71 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 76 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque und
8. Engine Coolant Usage Fluid Lubricant Usage Fluid Lubricant Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Hood Hinges GM Part No U S 12346241 in Windshield Share 10953474 i Optikleen Washer Solvent Body Door Hinge Pins GM Power Steering Fluid Tailgate Hinge Multi Purpose GM Part No U S 89021184 in and Linkage Lubricant Superlube Canada 89021 186 Folding Seats GM Part No U S 12346241 Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic and Hela ca Transmission Transmission Fluid g Outer Tailgate Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Key Lock GM ae ie EE a Handle Pivot GM Part No U S 12346241 in Cylinders melse 10953474 Points nee 10953474 GM Part No riers i M Part No U S 3634770 GM Part No U S 12377985 in Weatherstrip in Canada 10953518 or Canada 88901242 or lubricant sige i ade meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Conditioning GM Part Se Gea T Category LB or GC LB in Canada 992887 SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Synthetic Grease with Axle Lubricant Front and GM Part No U S 89021677 a Teflon Superlube Rear Axle a queaks GM Part No U S 12371287 in Canada 89021678 meeting GM Specification 9986115 i Canada 10958484 DEXRON VI Automatic Transmission Fluid Chassis Lubricant Chassis Lubrication Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number
9. OnStar System if equipped Sunroof if equipped 2 26 These features work when the key is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY Once the key is turned from ON RUN to LOCK OFF the windows and sunroof continue to work up to 10 minutes until any door is opened The radio continues to work for up to 10 minutes or until the driver s door is opened Starting the Engine Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not start in any other position this is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Do not try to shift to PARK P if your vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts Your vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for m
10. ceeeeeeeeeee 3 31 Rear Axle GGGudu u d ds dsssssseeeeeeeree re err ere renerne renerne 5 46 Rear Door Security LOCKS W u u sssseeeereeererenener 2 11 Rear Heated Seats 1 W W W W ssssseeeeeeeeerer ener nerne 1 10 Rear Seat Armrest ccceceececneeeeeeeeeeeaeees 2 62 Rear Seat Audio RSA c ceeeeeeeeeeeeneee renee 3 104 Rear Seat Entertainment System 0608 3 95 Rear Side Window Antenna sees 3 109 Rear Storage Area cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee een eeeeeneees 2 62 Rear Windshield Washer Wiper ccecce 3 12 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with OnStar Compass and Temperature DI oE D A 2 43 Reclining Seatbacks Power ssssssssesisrererererer 1 7 10 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 13 Recovery HOOKS saae sens eder ble sokker 4 34 Recreational Vehicle Towing ccecce 4 42 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 0 2 4 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation sioneer siie drak desert 2 4 Remote Vehicle Start W u sssesevereeereere renere 2 7 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare TS rasini st acetate eadaataneeeanisyees 5 85 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 5 80 Replacement Bulbs iriri tannete 5 53 Replacement Parts Maintenance 065 6 15 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government scceeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 13 General Motors c ecceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
11. 2 Write down the eight to 12 switch settings from left to right as follows When a switch is in the up position write Left When a switch is in the down position write Right If a switch is set between the up and down position write Middle The switch settings that you wrote down in Step 2 will now become the button strokes you enter into the Universal Home Remote in Step 4 Middle Right Be sure to enter the switch settings that you o wrote down in Step 2 in order from left to right Neutral Off into the Universal Home Remote when completing Step 4 3 From inside your vehicle first firmly press all three 4 The indicator lights will blink slowly Enter each buttons at the same time for about three seconds switch setting from Step 2 into your vehicle s Release the buttons to put the Universal Home Universal Home Remote You will have two and Remote into programming mode one half minutes to complete Step 4 Now press one button on the Universal Home Remote for each switch setting as follows e If you wrote Left press the left button in the vehicle e If you wrote Right press the right button in the vehicle e If you wrote Middle press the middle button in the vehicle 2 58 5 After entering all of the switch positions again firmly press and release all three buttons at the same time The indicator lights will turn on 6 Press and hold the button you woul
12. 5 Press this knob again to enter into CONFIGURE DISPLAY KEYS 6 Turn this knob to select which of the four configurable keys are to be changed The currently assigned feature shows on the display 7 Press this knob to select the configurable key to change 8 Turn this knob to find the feature that you would like to store to the key 9 Press this knob again when the feature to be stored is found The display updates and shows the symbol of the selected feature next to the configurable key 10 Repeat the previous steps for each configurable key Once a feature is programmed to a key the feature does not display when programming the remaining configurable keys The configurable keys can be changed at any time 3 89 Using an MP3 MP3 CD R Disc MP3 Format If you burn your own MP3 disc on a personal computer Make sure the MP3 files are recorded on a CD R disc Do not mix standard audio and MP3 files on one disc Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions may not work Files can be recorded with a variety of fixed or variable bit rates Song title artist name and album are available for display by the radio when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or album should contain 18 songs or less Make sure to finalize the
13. Audio Output Audio from the DVD player or auxiliary inputs can be heard through the following possible sources e Wireless Headphones e Vehicle Speakers Vehicle wired headphone jacks on the rear seat audio system if your vehicle has this feature The RSE system always transmits the audio signal to the wireless headphones if there is audio available See Headphones earlier in this section for more information The DVD player is capable of outputting audio to the wired headphone jacks on the RSA system if your vehicle has this feature The DVD player can be selected as an audio source on the RSA system See Rear Seat Audio RSA on page 3 104 for more information When a device is connected to the radio s auxiliary input jack if your vehicle has this feature or A V jacks the rear seat passengers are be able to hear audio from the auxiliary device through the wireless or wired headphones The front seat passengers are able to listen to playback from this device through the vehicle speakers by selecting AUX as the source on the radio Video Screen The video screen is located in the overhead console To use the video screen do the following 1 Push the release button located on the overhead console 2 Move the screen to the desired position When the video screen is not in use push it up into its locked position If a DVD is playing and the screen is raised to its locked position the screen remains o
14. Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance 4 53 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working Driving On Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well You can tow in DRIVE D You may want to shift the transmission to THIRD 8 or if necessary a lower gear selection if the transmission shifts too often e g under heavy loads and or hilly conditions 4 54 You may also want to activate the tow
15. The vehicle s speed drops below 15 mph 24 km h The headlamp stalk is moved forward to the high beam position See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 9 When either of these conditions occur the IntelliBeam feature will be disabled and the IntelliBeam light in the mirror will turn off until the high beam stalk is returned to the neutral position If IntelliBeam was using low beams prior to this action the IntelliBeam feature will be temporarily disabled until the stalk is returned to the neutral position The exterior lamp control is turned to any setting except AUTO When this occurs IntelliBeam will be disabled until the control is turned back to the AUTO position The IntelliBeam system is turned off at the inside rearview mirror IntelliBeam may not turn off the high beams if the system cannot detect other vehicle s lamps because of any of the following The others vehicle s lamp s are missing damaged obstructed from view or otherwise undetected The other vehicle s lamp s are covered with dirt snow and or road spray The other vehicle s lamp s cannot be detected due to dense exhaust smoke fog snow road spray mist or other airborne obstructions Your vehicle s windshield is dirty cracked or obstructed by something that blocks the view of the IntelliBeam light sensor Your vehicle s windshield is covered with ice dirt haze or other obstructions Your vehicle is loade
16. A ee This warning light should come on briefly when the engine is started If the warning light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If it stays on or comes on when you are driving there may be a problem with your StabiliTrak system and your vehicle may need service When this warning light is on the system is off and will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly This light will also flash when the StabiliTrak system is active If the StabiliTrak system warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the system is turned on your vehicle needs service See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 for more information 3 41 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage This gage shows the engine coolant temperature If the indicator on the gage moves towards the shaded in thermostat it means that your engine coolant has overheated If you have been operating your vehicle under normal driving conditions you should pull off the road stop your vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 26 3 42 Tire Pressure Light This light comes on briefly when the engine is started This light will also come on when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated A tire pressure message in the Driver Information Center DIC may accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page
17. Certification Tire Label GAWR FRT Co RIM COLD TIRE PRESSURI A vehicle specific Certification Tire label is attached to the rear edge of the driver s door The label shows the size of your vehicle s original tires and the inflation pressures needed to obtain the gross weight capacity of your vehicle This is called Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo The Certification Tire label also tells you the maximum weights for the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the GAWR for either the front or rear axle And if you do have a heavy load you should spread it out A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Your warranty does not cover parts or components that fail because of overloading The label will help you decide how much carg
18. If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam and your vehicle has an engine driven cooling fan push down the accelerator until the engine speed is about twice as fast as normal idle speed for at least five minutes while you are parked If there is still no sign of steam and your vehicle has an electric cooling fan idle the engine for at least five minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down Also see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode later in this section You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away 5 28 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode If an overheated engine condition exists and the ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED message is displayed an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders helps prevent engine damage In this mode you will notice a loss in power and engine performance This operating mode allows your vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency Driving extended miles km and or towing a trailer in the overheat protection mode should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oi
19. These hooks when used are under a lot of force Always pull the vehicle straight out Never pull on the hooks at a sideways angle The hooks could break off and you or others could be injured from the chain or cable snapping back Notice Never use recovery hooks to tow the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged and it would not be covered by warranty For vehicles with recovery hooks at the front of the vehicle you can use them if you are stuck off road and need to be pulled to some place where you can continue driving Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it was designed to carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification Tire label ACAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 4 35 Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label
20. Transmission Control Module Battery Fuel Pump Fuel System Control Module Headlamp Washers Rear Windshield Washer Fuel Injectors Ignition Coils Left Side Fuses Ue Trailer Park Lamps Key Ignition System Theft Deterrent System Amplifier Audio System 33s Daytime Running Lights 2 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 2 43 Miscellaneous Ignition Cruise Control Liftgate Release Airbag System Battery Instrument Panel Cluster Power Take Off 48 Auxiliary Climate Control Ignition Compass Temperature Mirror 49 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL Rear Defogger Heated Mirror SEO B1 Upfitter Usage Battery 53 Cigarette Lighter Auxiliary Power Outlet 54 Automatic Level Control Compressor Relay SEO Upfitter Usage Climate Controls Ignition 56 Engine Control Module Secondary Fuel Pump Ignition 5 113 Ease Fuses Uee TT Electric Running Boards Heated Windshield Washer System Four Wheel Drive System Stud 1 Trailer Connector Battery Power 71 Power Ungare Module 72 bef Bussea Electical Corie 64 Left Bussed Electrical Center 1 57 58 59 61 62 63 64 65 67 70 71 72 5 114 Relays FAN HI Cooling Fan High Speed FAN LO FOG LAMP A C CMPRSR STRTR PWR TRN FUEL PMP PRK LAMP RUN CRANK Switched Power Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric co
21. W sssseeneeeeeener renerne 4 11 PASSING mnro nein e EOE 4 11 Loss of Conmtollnscccssccvscscidesecceseisiaetesiectenstens 4 11 Off Road Driving ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een n 4 12 Driving at NIG At asnes f ceeds desdageacen ieee ted 4 26 Driving Your Vehicle Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 27 Before Leaving on a Long Trip accese 4 28 Highway Hypnosis ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 28 Hill and Mountain Roads ceeeeeeee eee eeee 4 29 Winter Driving c2ciesieeidectcslititeoeiel ees 4 30 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice Or SNOW saei rennin eE na EE sed 4 33 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 34 Recovery HOOKS i c ccciassececeeeneegeesenebeesbecesents 4 34 Loading Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 35 MOWING sanserne erne Rn orker aen 4 41 Towing Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeee eee ee eee es 4 41 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeee 4 42 Autoride P norras harietan derea aianei 4 43 Towing a Trailer sss eee nnee e Ne 4 44 Trailer Recommendations s 4 57 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle Defensive Driving Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to wear your safety belt See Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 1 29 A CAUTION Assume that other road users pedestrians bicyclists and other drivers are going
22. XM station such as Channel Song Artist and CAT category To view this information perform the following 1 Press the knob to enter the main menu 2 Turn this knob until INFO information displays 3 Press this knob again to select INFO The display changes to show the additional XM information 4 Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the display to time out 3 78 Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS RDS features are available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information With RDS the radio can do the following Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type of programming e Receive announcements concerning local and national emergencies Display messages from radio stations Seek to stations with traffic announcements This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available In rare cases a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station While the radio is tuned to an RDS station the station name or call letters display instead of the frequency RDS stations can also provide the time of day a program type PTY for current programming and the name of the program being broadcast
23. and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 6 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 10 11 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to the remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery Connect the other end of the negative cable to the remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service 5 43 Notice If the jumper cables are connected or To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may the following occur and damage the vehicle The repai
24. eee 6 16 Maintenance Footnotes cceeeeeeeeeeeee eters 6 7 Maintenance Record eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 17 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended GM Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer retailer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by warranty 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive ve
25. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 10 COMPASS ack asaas cisco cis aE 2 41 2 43 Content Theft Deterrent ccccccceceeeeeeeeees 2 21 Control of a Vehicle sernai 4 3 Convenience Net cccccececesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 63 Coolant Engine Temperature Gage eeceeeeeeneee ees 3 42 Heater Engine cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 28 Surge Tank Pressure Cap cceeeeeeeeeee tees 5 26 Cooled Seats cccccccccccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeneneneaeaes 1 5 COOLING SYSTE cos vscccdececeesencedecan ain aea EDR REE 5 29 Cruise Control ns sas rand rer aner agnes eee 3 13 Cruise Control Light eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 3 47 Cupholder S rss serbere 2 60 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation ssseeeerererereree 7 9 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users eeeeeeeeeeeee eters 7 5 Customer Assistance Offices cccccceeeees 7 5 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 66068 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 7 14 Customer Assistance Information cont Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government W ssssevererereree 7 13 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government u sseeeee 7 13 Roadside Service 22212 rar rare dere nere seede 7 6 Service Publications Ordering Information 7 14 Daytime Running Lamps
26. loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place Notice Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat tire under your vehicle for an extended period of time or with the valve stem pointing up can damage the A Hoist Assembly G Tire Wheel Retainer wheel Always stow the wheel with the valve stem B Hoist Shaft H Spare Tire Flat Tire pointing down and have the wheel tire repaired C Hoist Shaft Access i Valve Stem as sponds possible Cover Hole Pointed Down D Jack Handle I Hoist Shaft Access Hole Extensions J Hoist End of E Wheel Wrench Extension Tool F Hoist Cable K Spare Tire Lock 1 Put the tire H on the ground at the rear of the vehicle with the valve stem pointed down and to the rear 5 94 Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel 2 Tilt the tire toward the vehicle Separate the tire wheel retainer G from the guide pin Pull the pin through the center of the wheel Tilt the retainer down and through the center wheel opening 3 Assemble the two jack handle extensions D and wheel wrench E as shown 5 95 4 Insert the open end of the extension J through the hole in the rear bumper I hoist shaft access hole 5 Raise the tire part way upward Make sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening 6 Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clic
27. lt 1 Volume Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or to decrease the volume SRCE Source Press to select a source either radio CD DVD or auxiliary if your vehicle has this feature The CD or DVD must be loaded to select the source and to play CD or DVD displays if a disc is loaded If a CD or DVD is not loaded the display changes to the auxiliary source if your vehicle has this feature or continues to play the radio Vehicle Noise Compensation VNC Your vehicle has a Bose audio system It includes Bose AudioPilot noise compensation technology When turned on AudioPilot continuously adjusts the audio system equalization to compensate for background noise so that the audio always sounds the same at the set volume level This feature is most effective at lower radio volume settings where background noise can affect how well the music is being heard through the audio system At higher volume settings where the music is much louder than the background noise there might be little or no adjustments by AudioPilot Turn the AudioPilot on by pressing the tune select knob to enter the main menu Then turn this knob until VNC AUDIOPILOT displays Press this knob to turn AudioPilot on and off An X appears in the box while it is on To turn AudioPilot off press the knob to enter the main menu turn this knob until VNC AUDIOPILOT appears and press this knob The X in the box disappears when it is t
28. shift into a gear and e release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you re pulling a trailer See the Maintenance Schedule for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid don t overfill engine oil axle lubricant belts cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight 4 55 Trailer Wiring Harness The seven wire harness contains the following trailer Heavy Duty Trailer Wiring Package circuits Yellow Left Stop Turn Signal Dark Green Right Stop Turn Signal Brown Taillamps e White Ground Light Green Back up Lamps e Red w Black Stripe Battery Feed Dark Blue Trailer Brake Your vehicle is equipped with the seven wire trailer towing harness This harness with a seven pin The fuses for these two circuits are installed in the universal heavy duty trailer connector is attached to underhood electrical center but the circuits are the rear bumper beam It is located next to the not connected They should be
29. to the FULL COLD mark 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the FULL COLD mark 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated 6 Verify coolant level after engine is shut off and the coolant is cold If necessary repeat coolant fill procedure Steps 1 through 6 Engine Fan Noise Your vehicle has electric cooling fans You might hear the fans spinning at low speed during most everyday driving The fans can turn off if no cooling is required Under heavy vehicle loading trailer towing and or high outside temperatures or if you are operating the air conditioning system the fans can change to high speed and you might hear an increase in fan noise This is normal and indicates that the cooling system is functioning properly The fans change to low speed when additional cooling is no longer required 5 33 Power Steering Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location AIIAN AR When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you he
30. 1 53 Inflation Tire Pressure 0 seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 62 Instrument Panel OVGEIVIOW sdectacciussS3 Sele sigs n EOE EEE ded Parai 3 4 Instrument Panel I P BriGhtn Ss ryggen ai 3 21 GIUS ET rrearen ipni e EASES EERE 3 34 JUMP Starting aa rarere eg 5 40 Keyless Entry System ssssseeeererere rn ennen 2 4 OY E E E Nee Seer 2 3 Labeling Tire Sidewall ssssseeeeerrnrneee 5 57 Lamps DOME vi an E 3 22 Dome Lamp Override sceeeeeeeneeeeen ees 3 22 Reading isniaacnarcctenciecntings eoenncninnsnninieinneaseens 3 22 Lap Belt noir aen skrue huge vhs feed 1 48 Lap Shoulder Belt W W u sssseeeeererrere renen eree 1 42 LATCH System Child Restraints 2 210 seeiag alii arrede 1 61 License Plate Lamps eeeseeeeeeeeeee eee neces 5 53 Liftgate Power cccececec re dn ile ene 2 14 Liftgate LiftglaSs cceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeee 2 13 PiNtGlASS LING ATS ies sorterer erne cee teececeey inne 2 13 Light Airbag Readiness ceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeereeees 3 36 Antilock Brake System Warning 00 00 3 41 Brake System Warning 0seseeeeeeeee eee ees 3 40 Charging System cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 39 Light cont Cruise Control ccccceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 47 FOG AMP aroni ies 3 46 Highbeam OM sadtccvesescac sd ayeeets ss Abe 3 47 Lights On Reminder ssssseeeer
31. 3 55 FUEL LEVEL LOW This message displays and a chime sounds if the fuel level is low Refuel as soon as possible See Fuel Gage on page 3 48 and Fuel on page 5 5 for more information HOOD OPEN This message displays and a chime sounds if the hood is not fully closed Stop and turn off the vehicle check the hood for obstructions and close the hood again Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN This message displays and a chime sounds if the driver side rear door is not fully closed and the vehicle is in a drive gear Stop and turn off the vehicle check the door for obstructions and close the door again Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC MANUAL SHIFT X If your vehicle has Driver Shift Control DSC and the shift lever is in the MANUAL MODE M position this message displays along with the current gear See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 30 for more information 3 56 OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine oil pressure is low severe engine damage may occur If a low oil pressure warning appears on the Driver Information Center DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not drive the vehicle until the cause of the low oil pressure is corrected See Engine Oil on page 5 14 for more information This message displays if low oil pressure levels occur Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and do no
32. 5 5 kg infant will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint 1 54 ACAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide 1 55 Q What are the different types of add on child A restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints avail
33. 5 in Canada In Canada for safety reasons propane and other alternative fuels will not be provided through this service Lock out Service Lock out service will be covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle A remote unlock may be available if you have an active OnStar subscription To ensure security the driver must present personal identification before lock out service is provided In Canada the vehicle registration is also required Emergency Tow From a Public Roadway or Highway Tow to the nearest dealership for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling crash Winch out assistance is provided when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire in good condition when equipped and properly inflated is covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure Jump Start A battery jump start is covered at no charge if the vehicle does not start Trip Routing Service Upon request Cadillac Roadside Service will send you detailed computer personalized maps highlighting your choice of either the most direct route or the most scenic route to your destination anywhere in North America along with helpful travel information pertaining to your trip Please allow three weeks before your planned departure date In Canada trip routing requests will be limited to six
34. Center at the time of an OnStar button press Emergency button press or if your airbags or AACN system deploys The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that your vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which your vehicle was hit When you use the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling your vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide you with location based services OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times Location information about your vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available Your vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of your
35. Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 4 11 2 31 MANUAL MODE M This position lets drivers select the range of gears appropriate for current driving conditions See Driver Shift Control DSC later in this section Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission The repair will not be covered by your warranty If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place Your vehicle has a shift stabilization feature that adjusts the transmission shifting to the current driving conditions in order to reduce rapid upshifts and downshifts This shift stabilization feature is designed to determine before making an upshift if the engine will be able to maintain vehicle speed by analyzing things such as vehicle speed throttle position and vehicle load If the shift stabilization feature determines that a current vehicle speed cannot be maintained the transmission does not upshift and instead holds the current gear In some cases this may appear to be a delayed shift however the transmission is operating normally 2 32 Your vehicle s transmission uses adaptive shift controls that compares key shift parameters to pre programmed ideal shifts stored in the transmissions computer The transmission constan
36. F 129 C Protect against rust and corrosion Help keep the proper engine temperature Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle 5 24 What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze
37. Loading Your Vehicle for Off Road Driving A CAUTION Cargo on the load floor piled higher than the seatbacks can be thrown forward during a sudden stop You or your passengers could be injured Keep cargo below the top of the seatbacks CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be tossed about when driving over rough terrain You or your passengers can be struck by flying objects Secure the cargo properly Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle s center of gravity making it more likely to roll over You can be seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle rolls over Put heavy loads inside the cargo area not on the roof Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward and low as possible There are some important things to remember about how to load your vehicle The heaviest things should be on the load floor and forward of the rear axle Put heavier items as far forward as you can Be sure the load is secured properly so driving on the off road terrain does not toss things around You will find other important information in this manual See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 Luggage Carrier on page 2 61 and Tires on page 5 56 Environmental Concerns Off road driving can provide wholesome and satisfying recreation However it also raises environmental concerns We recognize these concerns and urge every off roader to follow these basic rules for protect
38. MI 48232 5169 www Cadillac com 1 800 458 8006 1 800 833 2622 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 888 446 2000 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your ve
39. NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain There is no default for chime volume The volume will stay at the last known setting To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC PARK TILT MIRRORS This feature allows you to select whether or not the outside mirror s will automatically tilt down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R See Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors on page 2 45 for more information Press the customization button until PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings OFF default Neither outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R DRIVER MIRROR The driver s outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R PASSENGER MIRROR The passenger s outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R BOTH MIRRORS The driver s and passenger s outside mirrors will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC EASY EXIT SEAT This feature allows you to select your preference
40. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place To fold and tumble the seat from the third row seats if your vehicle has them do the following 1 Make sure that there is nothing under in front of or on the seat Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 2 Press the automatic seat release button located on the panel behind the rear doors Y m c Driver s Side Rear Panel Button shown One press of the button automatically folds the seatback flat and tumbles the seat forward There will be a slight delay between the folding of the seatback and the tumbling of the seat Bucket Seats Second Row If your vehicle has bucket seats the seatbacks can be reclined the seats can be folded for additional cargo space or folded and tumbled for easy entry and exit to the third row seats if your vehicle has them These seats will have either the manual fold and tumble feature or the automatic seat release fold and tumble feature Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to an upright position do the following 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position To recline the seatback do the following A CAUTION If the seatback is not l
41. Rear Seat Entertainment you can view the track details from your CD on the video screen Turn on the video screen with the power button on the remote control to view and navigate the tracks See Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 95 for more information Using the AUX Display If Equipped lf your vehicle has Rear Seat Entertainment RSE an AUX screen appears as the SRCE source key is pressed When AUX is selected in the front the audio from the device plugged into the auxiliary jacks in the rear can be played over the vehicle speakers Select between AUX and DVD video on the video screen while listening to AUX audio See Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 95 for more information on the auxiliary jacks SRCE Source Press to select the AUX display F2 DVD Press to select DVD video on the video screen in the rear with AUX audio on the vehicle speakers F5 AUX Press to select AUX video on the video screen in the rear with AUX audio on the vehicle speakers Configurable Radio Display Keys This feature lets you customize the four keys that are located on each side of the radio display to make it easier to adjust the radio features To program the configurable radio display keys perform the following steps 1 Press the knob to enter the main menu 2 Turn the knob until SETUP displays 3 Press this knob to enter into SETUP 4 Turn this knob until CONFIGURE DISPLAY KEYS displays
42. System sasaran onteni aE REE 2 50 Vehicle Identification 5 107 Universal Home Remote System _ 2 53 Electrical System oo cece e cece ec ce eee ee eee eee eee 5 108 Storage Areas ooo eee cc ccc cce eee ee eee ee een eenens 2 60 Capacities and Specifications 5 115 SUMOO a a T RER 2 64 Maintenance Schedule sssssssssreerrrennee 6 1 Instrument Panel 0 00 ccceceeeeeseeseeeeaseaees 3 1 Maintenance Schedule c cccececcaceceeees 6 2 Instrument Panel Overview eceeeeeeeeees 3 4 Customer Assistance Information 7 1 Climate Controls oe cceeccececceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 26 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators _ 3 33 Reporting Safety Defects 1 7 13 Driver Information Center DIC 0 3 48 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy _ 7 15 Audio System S ccceceeeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeneeees 3 70 WAGON EEA Genetica es een FESTERNE ER L NNEN mena 1 GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem CADILLAC the CADILLAC Crest amp Wreath and the names ESCALADE and ESV are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited
43. The RDS function does not work with XM RDS Messages ALERT Alert warns of local and national emergencies When an alert announcement comes on the current radio station or a related network station ALERT displays The announcement should be heard even if the volume is low or a CD or DVD is playing If a CD or DVD is playing play stops during the announcement Alert announcements cannot be turned off If the radio tunes to a related network station for the announcement it returns to the original station when the announcement ends ALERT is not affected by tests of the emergency broadcast system This feature is not supported by all RDS stations MSG Message If the current RDS station has a message MSG displays The message displays the artist song title call in phone numbers etc If the entire message does not display parts of the message appear every three seconds until the message is completed Once the completed message has displayed MSG disappears from the display until a new message is received To display the last message perform the following steps 1 Press the knob to enter the main menu 2 Turn this knob until RECALL RDS MESSAGE displays 3 Press this knob again until the message displays Once the message has been displayed MSG disappears from the display until another new message is received TP Traffic Program TP displays when the radio detects a signal from an RDS station that has tr
44. and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section F1 DISC Down Press to go to the previous CD F2 DISC Up Press to go to the next CD F3 CD REV lt Reverse Press and hold to reverse quickly within the track Holding this button plays in reverse at 10 times the normal speed After holding it for more than four seconds it plays in reverse at 20 times the normal speed Release to play the passage The elapsed time of the track displays F4 CD FWD gt Forward Press and hold to advance quickly within the track Holding this button plays at 10 times the normal speed After holding it for more than four seconds it plays at 20 times the normal speed Release to play the passage The elapsed time of the track displays F5 MODE Press to select from NORMAL RPT TRCK Repeat Track RPT DISC Repeat CD ROM TRCK Random Track and RDM ALL Random All CDs Normal Sets the system for normal play of the CD s RPT TRCK Repeat Track Repeats the track over again RPT TRCK displays Press the MODE pushbutton again to turn off repeat play and advance to the next mode RPT DISC Repeat CD Repeats the CD over again RPT DISC displays Press the MODE pushbutton again to turn off repeat play and advance to the next mode RDM TRCK Random Track Plays the tracks on the current CD in random rather th
45. any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 4 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for your service needs you will know that trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 14 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 9 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 and Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 15 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer Scheduled Maintenance To maintain the ride handling and performance of your vehicle it is important that the first tire rotation service be performed when the vehicle has 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Check tires for inflation pressures and wear See Tires on page 5 56 Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rot
46. ccesscd Lee eeesclaesesssteveeedvlaviedelieneces 3 35 Theft Deterrent Radio ccccceceeeeeeeeeenenes 3 106 Theft Deterrent Systems 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeee teers 2 20 Content Theft Deterrent cccccee cece ee ee 2 21 PASS Key WME sorar emiren anoden 2 22 PASS Key III Operation 1 2 23 Third Row Seat ccccccc cc cc ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeneneaeas 1 25 Tilt WES 4 cies rsheahties asides as EEE 3 6 Time Setting racian i 3 71 Tire Pressure Light rr es naaa 3 42 Mirese eieae e E E E 5 56 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Cleanihg s2itetascchieciniabiedets Heveeteaeed cies 5 104 Buying NOW TIES sccc ccciriescsesveetteenieatiaianes 5 72 GAINS E E EE 5 77 Changing a Flat Tire siscensnisisniioneternrinaans 5 79 Cleaning ra near nnie anaa 5 105 Different S ZE sareni o 5 73 High Speed Operation W W u sseesererereererrnnee 5 63 If a Tire Goes Flat ccc cece cecec cece cena eeeeees 5 78 Inflation Tire Pressure ccccceeeeeeee eee ees 5 62 Tires cont Inspection and Rotation 5522 red vers 5 69 Installing the Spare Tire eeceeeeeeeee eee ees 5 85 Pressure Monitor Operation eeeeeeeeees 5 65 Pressure Monitor System ceeeeeee eee ees 5 64 Removing the Flat Tire acasan 5 85 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 80 Secondary Latch System n 5 90 Spare Tite Sarre aean ean nian ia TEER 5 98 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Too
47. entertainment system equipment The yellow jack A is for the video input The white jack B is for the left audio input The red jack C is for the right audio input Power for auxiliary devices is not supplied by the radio system 3 97 To use the auxiliary inputs of the RSE system connect an external auxiliary device to the color coded A V jacks and turn both the auxiliary device and the video screen power on If the video screen is in the DVD player mode pressing the AUX auxiliary button on the remote control switches the video screen from the DVD player mode to the auxiliary device The radio plays the audio of the connected auxiliary device by sourcing to auxiliary See Radio s on page 3 72 for more information For optimal sound quality increase the portable audio device s volume to the loudest level Higher levels of volume decreases audio distortion It is always best to power your portable audio device through its own battery while playing How to Change the RSE Video Screen Settings The screen display mode normal full and zoom screen brightness and setup menu language can be changed from the on screen setup menu To change any feature perform the following 1 Press the L display menu button on the remote control 2 Use the remote control A V lt gt navigation arrows and the button to use the setup menu 3 Press the L menu button again to remove the setup menu from the screen 3 98
48. settings for the driver s seat outside mirrors and the adjustable throttle and brake pedal feature if your vehicle has it To save your positions in memory do the following 1 Adjust the driver s seat including the seatback recliner and lumbar both outside mirrors and the throttle and brake pedals to a comfortable position See Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors on page 2 45 and Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 2 28 for more information Not all mirrors will have the ability to save and recall the mirror positions 2 Press and hold button 1 until two beeps let you know that the position has been stored A second seating mirror and throttle and brake pedal position can be programmed by repeating the above steps and pressing button 2 To recall the memory positions the vehicle must be in PARK P Press and release either button 1 or button 2 corresponding to the desired driving position The seat outside mirrors and adjustable throttle and brake pedals will move to the position previously stored You will hear a single beep If you use the remote keyless entry transmitter to enter your vehicle and the remote recall memory feature is on automatic seat mirror and adjustable pedal movement will occur See MEMORY SEAT RECALL under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 for more information To stop recall movement of the memory feature at any time press one of the power seat controls memor
49. sliding wheel spinning delayed acceleration poor traction and longer braking distances Surface Obstacles Unseen or hidden obstacles can be hazardous A rock log hole rut or bump can startle you if you are not prepared for them Often these obstacles are hidden by grass bushes snow or even the rise and fall of the terrain itself Here are some things to consider Is the path ahead clear Will the surface texture change abruptly up ahead Does the travel take you uphill or downhill There is more discussion of these subjects later Will you have to stop suddenly or change direction quickly When you drive over obstacles or rough terrain keep a firm grip on the steering wheel Ruts troughs or other surface features can jerk the wheel out of your hands if you are not prepared When you drive over bumps rocks or other obstacles the wheels can leave the ground If this happens even with one or two wheels you cannot control the vehicle as well or at all Because you will be on an unpaved surface it is especially important to avoid sudden acceleration sudden turns or sudden braking In a way off road driving requires a different kind of alertness from driving on paved roads and highways There are no road signs posted speed limits or signal lights You have to use your own good judgment about what is safe and what is not Drinking and driving can be very dangerous on any road And this is certainl
50. system will switch from DRL to the headlamps To turn off the DRL lamps turn the exterior lamps control to the OFF position and then release For vehicles first sold in Canada the transmission must be in the PARK P position before the DRL lamps can be turned off 3 20 Automatic Headlamp System When it is dark enough outside the automatic headlamp system will turn on the headlamps at the normal brightness along with the taillamps sidemarker parking lamps and the instrument panel lights The radio lights will also be dim To turn off the automatic headlamp system turn the exterior lamps switch to the off position and then release it For vehicles first sold in Canada the transmission must be in the PARK P position before the automatic headlamp system can be turned off The vehicle has a light sensor located on the top of the instrument panel in the defroster grille that regulates when the automatic headlamps turn on Be sure it is not covered or the headlamps will come on whenever the ignition is on The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage heavy overcast weather or a tunnel This is normal There is a delay in the transition between the daytime and nighttime operation of the Daytime Running Lamps DRL and the automatic headlamp systems so that driving under bridges or bright overhead street lights does not affect the system The DRL and automatic headlamp system will on
51. 00655 3 8 Sparte Tile sienet oetoesan a EE aE 5 98 Installing zienna a Ea 5 85 REMOVING sesioan onnea aa aieia 5 80 Eol 8 IA ME EE E S SE SEE ES 5 94 Specifications Capacities W ssseeeeererereree 5 115 11 Speedometer ccecceeeeeeceeeneee eee eeeeeaeeaeeaeeaes 3 35 Split Bench Seat 60 40 eeeeeeeeeeeeeneee tenes 1 11 StabiliTrak System 0ccccccsssssssesssseeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 StabiliTrak Indicator Light ccccccceeeeeeeee ee 3 41 Start Vehicle Remote ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 2 7 Starting the Engine dare ker 2 26 SICCHING sd saae ens Eb iat nait naini e tees 4 9 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 3 106 Steering Wheel Heated cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 7 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel 0ceeeeeeee ee 3 6 Storage Garment Hooks 0 ccceceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeees 2 61 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area eeeeeeeee 2 61 Convenience Net cceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 63 Cupholder S lt cii ssstaicdistesvetnctesscaGeaaiieteals 2 60 Glove BOX ccccceecec eee DELE 2 60 LUGgage Galtier ms is ienien niiina 2 61 Rear Seat Armrest ssssseeeeeeeerererrnrnee 2 62 Rear Storage Area ceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeee een eeeees 2 62 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 008 4 33 SUN VISOIS asierea inenen iiaea ne 2 20 SUMOO 2 aa aE er EEE 2 64 12 Tachometer fs
52. A 4 11 PASS Key Ml oirra uair arna 2 22 PASS Key III Operation ccccccceeeeeeeneeeees 2 23 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 5 4 Power OOF LOCKS ES E 2 10 Electrical System 22654 2 sner benene kns 5 108 WMG ate ci sa rare ridder elelr 2 14 Lumbar Controls 525 rr rr een 1 3 Reclining Seatbacks u u ssssenereeeeree renerne 1 7 Retained Accessory RAP lcc 2 26 RUNNING Boards css s oie ene oe 2 17 SO al ae ee heticcuesen a E aeceean es cea 1 2 Steering Fluid sssini secs ccideecseettecnnnnedtmcgec ent 5 34 WINGOWS rr eaa alene 2 19 PRIVACY sisien EN 715 Event Data Recorders sssssseseseererrnenes 7 16 Navigation System ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee renne 7 17 ON Stal tractctattrctateacd et E E E 7 17 Radio Frequency Identification 7 17 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 11 R Radio Frequency Identification RFID Privacy Radios reser en Er eee 3 70 FRaAGIO S ars ae er An E aai 3 72 Radios Navigation Radio System see Navigation Maral En eE EEEE 3 95 Rear Seat Audio ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 104 Receptor ss honed ican aiat 3 108 Setting the Clock ssc esdisced ntichteedeecenl 3 71 Theft Deterrent c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 106 Rainsense Wipers cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 10 Reading Lamps aserne enero a Ds 3 22 Rear Air Conditioning and Heating System and Electronic Climate Controls
53. Data Recording and Privacy on page 7 15 and Event Data Recorders on page 7 16 Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer retailer for service Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the overhead console when you start your vehicle PASSENGER AIRBAG 2 OFF ON United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 37 1 85 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver s airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat and safety belt The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that children be secured in a rea
54. EN 1 69 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position orisiirisii 1 71 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 72 Airbag System sv icc 000 2 Aico ive 1 76 Where Are the Airbags cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 78 When Should an Airbag Inflate ee 1 81 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 1 83 How Does an Airbag Restrain c eee 1 83 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 84 Passenger Sensing System 6 eeeeeeeee eee 1 85 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 90 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle acc vigeetamcduahseeladonvastahadetadeadanaseldees 1 90 Restraint System Check c eeeeeeeeeeee 1 92 Checking the Restraint Systems 0 1 92 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crashen reie aee E EEan dete 1 93 1 1 Front Seats The power seat controls are located on the outboard side of the front seats S e Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the Power Seats control forward or rearward e Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down e Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by moving the rear of the control up or down e Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire control up or down The power reclining seatback control is located behind the power sea
55. Flashers on page 3 6 for more information A CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving 1 Set the parking brake firmly 2 Put the shift lever in PARK P CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle 5 79 When your vehicle has a flat tire use the following Removing the Spare Tire and Tools example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks The equipment you will need is stored under the storage tray which is located on the driver s side trim panel over the rear wheelhouse 2 a The following information tells you how to use the jack and change a tire Regular Wheelbase shown Extended Wheelbase similar 1 Remove the tray to access the tools by pulling up on the finger depression under the jack symbol 5 80 2 Remove the wing nut B used to retain the tool bag The tools you will be using include the following by tur
56. If you need to install more than one child restraint in the rear seat be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 60 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 69 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of Make sure the release button is positioned so you the retractor to set the lock would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 1 70 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 If your child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tether See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 61 for more information 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it Secur
57. Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal Remember Any traction control system helps avoid only the acceleration skid If your traction control system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator peda
58. Notice If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys If you are locked out of your vehicle contact Roadside Service See Roadside Service on page 7 6 for more information Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Your Remote Keyless Entry RKE system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in operating range This is normal for any KE system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy w
59. PARK P Turn the engine off but leave the ignition on Firmly set the parking brake AM RR DD Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow dolly 6 Release the parking brake only after the vehicle being towed is firmly attached to the towing vehicle Autoride The Autoride feature provides improved vehicle ride and handling under a variety of passenger and loading conditions The system is fully automatic and uses a computer controller to continuously monitor vehicle speed wheel to body position lift dive and steering position of the vehicle The controller then sends signals to each shock absorber to independently adjust the damping level to provide the optimum vehicle ride Autoride also interacts with the tow haul mode that when activated will provide additional control of the shock absorbers This additional control results in better ride and handling characteristics when the vehicle is loaded or towing a trailer See Tow Haul Mode under Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 for more information 4 43 Towing a Trailer Do not tow a trailer during break in See New Vehicle Break In on page 2 24 for more information A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage you
60. Power DGG Locks sss uklare ikoen ena 2 10 Automatic Transmission Operation 2 30 Delayed Locking i cctcnccsheteeiensersctsoasesictinece es 2 11 Tow Haul Mode ssss seers renters teeten 2 34 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 11 Parking Brake motionera n a R 2 35 Rear Door Security LOCKS ssseseserererereer 2 11 Shifting Into PARK P s ussssssenesennererrrrrrrnnnner 2 36 Lockout Protection cccceecceeeeceeeseeeeeeeeees 2 12 Shifting Out of PARK P oseese 2 37 Liftgate Liftglass sia decciicciontetasetasnaddenaseurssncrauine 2 13 Parking Over Things That Burn 0 2 38 Power Liftgate ccccceecccceeeceeeeeeseceeeeeees 2 14 Engine Exhaust bette eter eneeseeeneneeenereeeens 2 39 Power Running Boards seere 2 17 Running the Engine While Parked 2 40 WindoWS eee eee eres 2 18 MITOS irienna na aroi 2 41 Power WINOWS cccccccceeesseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeaaees 2 19 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with SUN VIS OSS NR es re HERE SEE 2 20 Intellibeam OnStar Compass and Temperature Display ssssseseseeereereerereree 2 41 Theft Deterrent Systems wee 2 20 Persist pinning Boandow Mirror with Content Theft Deterrent Se REE SENE NET EDER 2 21 OnStar Compass and Temperature PASS Key IM ccccccecceceeneeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeees 2 22 _ PASS Key Ill O ti 2 93 Display iiir ieri mnsan tans nenn an 2 43 Ey ER ELLE SEE KER Tean Outside Power Foldaw
61. RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also store data about how you operat
62. RUN to LOCK OFF Press the customization button until EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings OFF The exterior lamps will not turn on 30 SECONDS default The exterior lamps will stay on for 30 seconds 1 MINUTE The exterior lamps will stay on for one minute 2 MINUTES The exterior lamps will stay on for two minutes NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC APPROACH LIGHTING This feature allows you to select whether or not to have the exterior lights turn on briefly during low light periods after unlocking the vehicle using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter Press the customization button until APPROACH LIGHTING appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings OFF The exterior lights will not turn on when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter ON default If it is dark enough outside the exterior lights will turn on briefly when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter The lights will remain on for 20 seconds or until the lock button on the RKE transmitter is press
63. Recirculation may also help cool the air inside your vehicle more quickly once the temperature inside the vehicle is less than the outside temperature The recirculation mode cannot be used with floor defrost or defogging modes If you try to select recirculation in one of those modes the indicator will flash three times and turn off The air conditioning compressor will also come on when this mode is activated While in recirculation mode the windows may fog when the weather is cold and damp To clear the fog select either the blend or defrost mode and increase the fan speed Recirculation mode can be turned off by pressing the button again or turning off the engine Air Conditioning 32 Air Conditioning Press this button to turn the air conditioning A C compressor on and off When air conditioning is selected an indicator light will come on to let you know that the air conditioning has been activated Pressing this button when the outside temperature is too cool for air conditioning will make the air conditioning indicator flash three times and then turn off indicating the air conditioning mode is not available If the air conditioning is on and the outside temperature drops below a temperature which is too cool for air conditioning to be effective the air conditioning light will turn off to let you know the air conditioning mode has been canceled On hot days open the windows long enough to let hot inside air escape T
64. Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter battery is low The battery needs to be replaced in the transmitter See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN This message displays and a chime sounds if the passenger side rear door is not fully closed and the vehicle is in a drive gear Stop and turn off the vehicle check the door for obstructions and close the door again Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC SERVICE AIR BAG This message displays if there is a problem with the airbag system Have your dealer retailer inspect the system for problems See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 36 and Airbag System on page 1 76 for more information SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM On some vehicles this message displays if there is a problem with the battery charging system Under certain conditions the charging system light may also turn on in the instrument panel cluster See Charging System Light on page 3 39 Driving with this problem could drain the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories Have the electrical system checked as soon as possible See your dealer retailer 3 57 SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM This message displays along with the brake system warning light if there is a problem with the brake system See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 40 If this message appears stop as soon as possible and turn off the vehicle Restart the vehicl
65. Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way 1 75 Airbag System Your vehicle has the following airbags A frontal airbag for the driver A frontal airbag for the right front passenger A roof rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver A roof rail airbag for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the right front passenger Your vehicle may have the following airbags If your vehicle has a third row seat it will have third row roof rail airbags All of the airbags in your ve
66. Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar Navigation System Radio Frequency Identification RFID Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Cadillac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the United States contact the Cadillac Customer Assistance Center 24 hours a day by calling 1 800 458 8006 In Canada contact the Canadian Cadillac Customer Communica
67. Specifications on page 5 115 for wheel nut torque specification Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 115 for the wheel nut torque specification 11 Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown by turning the wheel wrench clockwise When you reinstall the regular wheel and tire you must also reinstall the center cap Line the tab on the back of the cap with the slot in the wheel Place the cap on the wheel and press until it snaps into place 5 89 Secondary Latch System To release the spare tire from the secondary latch 1 Check under the vehicle to see if the cable end is visible lf the cable is not visible proceed to Step 6 Your vehicle has an underbody mounted tire hoist assembly equipped with a secondary latch system It is designed to stop the spare tire from suddenly falling off your vehicle For the secondary latch to work the spare must be installed with the valve stem pointing down See Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools on page 5 94 A CAUTION Before beginning this procedure read all the instructions Failure to read and follow the instructions could damage the hoist assembly 2 If itis visible first try to tighten the cable by turning and you and others could get
68. TO EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS appears in the DIC display Press the set reset button once to exit the menu If you do not exit pressing the customization button again will return you to the beginning of the feature settings menu Exiting the Feature Settings Menu The feature settings menu will be exited when any of the following occurs The vehicle is no longer in ON RUN The trip fuel or vehicle information DIC buttons are pressed The end of the feature settings menu is reached and exited A 40 second time period has elapsed with no selection made 3 70 Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features A CAUTION This system provides you with far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving While your vehicle is parked Familiarize yourself with all of its controls Familiarize yourself with its operation Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting
69. The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender 1 49 Child Restraints The manufacturer s instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for i that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder Older Children belt until the child passes the below fit test Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If yes continue If no try using the rear safety belt comfort guide See Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 42 for more information If the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder then return to the booster seat Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for length of trip If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts If you have the choice a child should sit in a position with a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide 1 50 Q What is the proper way to wear safe
70. To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use See also OnStar System on page 2 50 in this manual for more information Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip information Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some veh
71. a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 35 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 5 101 1 92 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 36 for more information Notice If an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 83 See your dealer retailer for service Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash ACAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system if equipped parts After a very minor crash nothing may be necessary But the belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See yo
72. aan os agree Dare Tore SEER 3 25 Assist Handles isis deccs tes canst cdaptdanncadaceess eaten 2 61 Audio SYSTEM oss irske ses iann ebbe i 3 70 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 3 106 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual cic secen e Se RES LER ER ERE DE 3 95 Radio Reception 52 rn ber cieenneanene 3 108 Rear Seat Audio RSA W seseeeeverererereeee 3 104 Setting the Clock cccceececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 71 Theft Deterrent Feature eseeeeeeeee ee 3 106 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 109 Audio System S 22 c cciieuncccsee cet cece sen eeeesseieecons 3 72 Rear Side Window Antenna 0 eeeeee 3 109 Automatic Headlamp System 3 20 Automatic Transmission PUIG RES SE ESPE SAS E FEE ERR ERE 5 20 OPSF at iais iian oenn nsan ninaa ER ARE NEET 2 30 Autode bal oa ee er 4 43 Battery serorea hl ea rode pa saana 5 39 Electric Power Management sssseeereee 3 23 Run Down Protection ceeeeeeeeneeee eee eee ER 3 23 Bench Seat Split 60 40 00 0 0 eeeeeee eee 1 11 Brake EM rQe NnCleS sxcesisceesceisiadscebsgedddesuweteesaaecanends 4 5 Brakes ec meme en Eee O 5 36 System Warning Light o ae 3 40 Bhai gas Ea ESE gl 4 3 Braking in Emergencies ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 4 5 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 24 Bucket Seats Rear ccccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 17 Bulb Replacement san ere kreer
73. add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this could affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes rollover airbags traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 72 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information 5 73 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of mos
74. allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting 5 102 High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 102 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish You can get approved cleaning products from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 106 If your vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals
75. and Compass Display Press the on off button located to the far left briefly to turn the compass temperature display on or off If the display reads CAL the compass needs to be calibrated For more information see Compass Calibration following To adjust between Fahrenheit and Celsius do the following 1 Press and hold the on off button for approximately four seconds until either a flashing F or C appears 2 Press the button again to change the display to the desired unit of measurement After approximately four seconds of inactivity the new unit will be locked in and the compass temperature display will return If an abnormal temperature reading is displayed for an extended period of time please see your GM dealer Under certain circumstances a delay in updating the temperature is normal 2 43 Automatic Dimming Mirror Operation The automatic dimming mirror function is turned on automatically each time the ignition is started To operate the automatic dimming mirror do the following 1 Make sure the green indicator light located to the left of the on off button is lit If it is not press and hold the on off button for approximately six seconds until the green light comes on indicating that the mirror is in automatic dimming mode 2 Turn off the automatic dimming mirror function by pressing and holding the on off button for approximately six seconds until the green indicator light turns off Compa
76. and turn the key to ON RUN to drive the vehicle To manually shut off a remote start do any of the following Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press the remote start button until the parking lamps turn off Turn on the hazard warning flashers Turn the ignition switch on and then off The vehicle can be remote started two separate times between driving sequences The engine will run for 10 minutes after each remote start Or you can extend the engine run time by another 10 minutes within the first 10 minute remote start time frame and before the engine stops For example if the lock button and then the remote start buttons are pressed again after the vehicle has been running for five minutes 10 minutes are added allowing the engine to run for 15 minutes The additional ten minutes are considered a second remote vehicle start After your vehicles engine has been started two times using the remote vehicle start button or a single remote start with one time extension the vehicle must be started with the key After the key is removed from the ignition the vehicle can be remote started again The vehicle cannot be remote started if the key is in the ignition the hood is not closed or if there is an emission control system malfunction and the check engine light comes on Also the engine will turn off during a remote vehicle start if the coolant temperature gets too high or if the oil pressure gets lo
77. ar EEN 3 16 Filter Engine Air Cleaner a se 5 17 FINISH Damage sonar erirnnpennnonan neies 5 105 Flashers Hazard Warning 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 6 lat Tre wes dics Eee RAE REE EA SEES veer NES REE 5 78 Flat Tire Changing 3852 unskrkssnsrdg sb etais 5 79 Flat Tire Storing 222222 don fee 5 94 Fl gen tnra a n a eae s 5 20 Power Steering ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eenees 5 34 Windshield Washer 2 2 e eceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 35 Fog Lamp FOG iiet o E wenn artes 3 21 FOG kamp Ed ht sa sr intend Soa eet tet 3 46 Front Axle ceina tab nace aE E E 5 47 UCI E E 5 5 Additives E E 5 6 California Fuel ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 5 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 00 5 10 Filling the Tank eisni a lerne enes 5 7 Fuels in Foreign Countries eeeeeneeeeeees 5 6 Gage 2te cciestenusiedeeaateersiarss E TS 3 48 Gasoline Octane ceeeeeeeeeeee eee reen renere ees 5 5 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeeeeeeeeeneee ees 5 5 Fuses Center Instrument Panel Fuse Block 5 110 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeeeeee es 5 108 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ocne 5 109 Underhood Fuse Block usasse 5 111 Windshield Wiper eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 108 G Gage Engine Coolant Temperature 2 3 42 E E emir se aendre 3 48 Speedometer cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeaeeaeees 3 35 MACNOMCICR sissen aaa aan 3 35 Garage Door Op
78. be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts wheel nuts or Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts wheel nuts and TPMS sensors for your vehicle 5 76 A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling
79. between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 71 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 74 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the
80. blow out any CO and Have your vehicle fixed immediately You might have exhaust coming in if The exhaust system sounds strange or different Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris CAUTION Continued 2 39 Running the Engine While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 2 39 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 4 30 2 40 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground alwa
81. care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your dealer retailer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your dealer retailer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques Never use a knife or any other sharp object t
82. connected to A V jacks or the auxiliary input jack if your vehicle has this feature The wireless headphones have an On Off button channel 1 2 switch and a volume control If your vehicle has a third row video screen display it has two additional headphones 3 96 Push the power button to turn on the headphones An indicator light located on the headphones comes on If the light comes on but there is intermittent sound and or static on the headphones or if the indicator light does not come on the batteries might need to be replaced See Battery Replacement later in this section for more information Switch the headphones to Off when not in use The infrared transmitters are located at the rear of the RSE overhead console The headphones shut off automatically to save the battery power if the RSE system and the RSA are shut off or if the headphones are out of range of the transmitters for more than 3 minutes If you move too far forward or step out of the vehicle the headphones lose the audio signal The headphones automatically turn off after four hours of continuous use To adjust the volume on the headphones use the volume control located on the right side For optimal audio performance the headphones must be worn correctly The symbol L Left appears on the upper left side above the ear pad and should be positioned on the left ear The symbol R Right appears on the upper right side above the ear pad and s
83. container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others Dispense fuel only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete Do not smoke while pumping fuel Do not use a cellular phone while pumping fuel Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the handle with this symbol on it It is located inside the vehicle to the lower left of the steering wheel Then go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary hood release near the center of the gri
84. copyright information or the previews d Audio Press to change audio tracks on DVDs that have this feature when the DVD is playing The format and content of this function vary for each disc Subtitles Press to turn ON OFF subtitles and to move through subtitle options when a DVD is playing The format and content of this function varies for each disc 3 101 AUX Auxiliary Press to switch the system between the DVD player and an auxiliary source If your vehicle has a third row video screen the AUX button controls the source display on the second row video screen and the third row video screen as described in the table below Aux Button Second Row Third Row Press Screen Screen Default State DVD Media DVD Media No Press Aux Video Aux Video Aux Video Second Press Third Press Aux Video Return to Default Return to State Default State Camera Press to change camera angles on DVDs that have this feature when a DVD is playing The format and content of this function varies for each disc Fourth Press 3 102 1 through 0 Numeric Keypad The numeric keypad provides the capability of direct chapter or track number selection amp Clear Press within three seconds after entering a numeric selection to clear all numeric inputs 40 Double Digit Entries Press to select chapter or track numbers greater than 9 Press this button before entering the number Battery R
85. correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following Too much flexing e Too much heat Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards 5 62 A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to your vehicle This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the pressure of the spare tire See Spare Tire on page 5 98 for additional information How to Check Use a good quality pocket ty
86. disc when burning an MP3 disc using multiple sessions It is usually better to burn the disc all at once The player is able to read and play a maximum of 99 folders and playlists Long file names folder names or playlist names can use more disc memory space 3 90 than necessary To conserve space on the disc minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names You can also play an MP3 CD that was recorded using no file folders The system can support up to 11 folders in depth though keep the depth of the folders to a minimum in order to keep down the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback If a CD contains more than the maximum of 99 folders and playlists the player can access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum are ignored Root Directory The root directory is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory displays as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px are always accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files and the empty folder does not d
87. door lock It activates only if you use the power door lock switch with the door open or the RKE transmitter You should also remember that you can start your vehicle with the correct ignition key if the alarm has been set off To avoid setting off the alarm by accident If you do not want to activate the theft deterrent system the vehicle should be locked with the door key after the doors are closed Always unlock the doors with the RKE transmitter Unlocking a door any other way will set off the alarm if it is armed If you set off the alarm by accident press unlock on the RKE transmitter or place the key in the ignition and turn it to START to turn off the alarm The alarm will not stop if you try to unlock a door any other way 2 21 Testing the Alarm To test the alarm 1 From inside the vehicle lower the drivers window and open the driver s door 2 Activate the system by locking the doors with the power door lock switch while the door is open or with the RKE transmitter 3 Get out of the vehicle close the door and wait for the security light to go out 4 Then reach in through the window unlock the door with the manual door lock and open the door This should set off the alarm While the alarm is set the power door unlock switch will not work If the alarm does not sound when it should but the headlamps flash check to see if the horn works The horn fuse may be blown To replace the fuse see Fu
88. equipped CD and if your vehicle has these features DVD front auxiliary and rear auxiliary lt 1 lt Volume Press the plus or minus volume button to increase or to decrease the radio volume Dbl Seek Press the seek arrow to go to the next radio station while in AM FM or XM if equipped Press the seek arrow to go to the next track or chapter while sourced to the CD or DVD slot Press the seek arrow to go to the next disc while sourced to a CD or DVD changer if multiple discs are loaded 3 107 Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio 3 108 FM Stereo FM stereo gives the best sound but FM signals reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with F
89. for Cadillac Motor Car Division whenever it appears in this manual This manual describes features that may be available in this model but your vehicle may not have all of them For example more than one entertainment system may be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered without a front passenger or rear seats Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Litho in U S A Part No 15854808 A First Printing Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com Propri taires Canadiens On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais aupr s de concessionnaire ou a l adresse suivante Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com 2007 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Using this Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures and words work together to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book A box with the word CAUTION is used t
90. for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before departing Things to check on your own include Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blades In good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps 4 28 Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include Keep the vehicle well ventilated Keep interior temperature cool Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include Keep your vehicle serviced and in good shape Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling system and transmission e Going down steep or long hills shift to a lower gear A CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a s
91. for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 28 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE message along with a low coolant condition can indicate a serious problem If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you Climb a long hill on a hot day Stop after high speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic Tow a trailer See Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 If you get the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE message with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 If you have an air conditioner and it is on turn it off 2 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary 3 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 5 27 If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes
92. for the automatic easy exit seat feature See Memory Seat Mirrors and Pedals on page 1 6 for more information Press the customization button until EASY EXIT SEAT appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings OFF default No automatic seat exit recall will occur ON The driver s seat will move back when the key is removed from the ignition The automatic easy exit seat movement will only occur one time after the key is removed from the ignition If the automatic movement has already occurred and you put the key back in the ignition and remove it again the seat will stay in the original exit position unless a memory recall took place prior to removing the key again NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 67 MEMORY SEAT RECALL This feature allows you to select your preference for the remote memory seat recall feature See Memory Seat Mirrors and Pedals on page 1 6 for more information Press the customization button until MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings OFF default No remot
93. from industrial chimneys etc can damage your vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years You can help to keep the paint finish looking new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However you may use chrome polish on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield and backglass with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when you clean the blades Bugs road grime sap and a buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by Extreme dusty conditions S
94. fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible too soon it will spring back to the right See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 102 When replacing the fuel cap insert the tether in its hole before tightening the cap Turn the fuel cap clockwise until it clicks It will require more effort to turn the fuel cap on the last turn as you tighten it Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 43 lf your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC the TIGHTEN GAS CAP message will be displayed if the fuel cap is not properly installed ACAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 43 Filling a Portable Fuel Container A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the
95. handle most roadside repairs Calling for Assistance For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Service Representative Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location Location of the vehicle Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem Towing and Road Service Exclusions Specifically excluded from Roadside Service coverage are towing or services for vehicles operated on a non public roadway or highway fines impound towing caused by a violation of local Municipal State Provincial or Federal law and mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Roadside Service is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Cadillac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Service program at any time without notification Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the servi
96. haul mode if the transmission shifts too often See Tow Haul Mode earlier When towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades consider the following Engine coolant at higher altitudes will boil at a lower temperature than at or near sea level If you turn your engine off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades your vehicle may show signs similar to engine overheating To avoid this let the engine run while parked preferably on level ground with the automatic transmission in PARK P for at least five minutes before turning the engine off If you do get the overheat warning see Engine Overheating on page 5 26 Parking on Hills ACAUTION You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here s how to do it 1 Apply your regular brakes but don t shift into PARK P yet 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your parking brake and shift into PARK P 5 Release the regular brakes When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you start your engine
97. high medium and low and to turn the cooled seat off Indicator bars next to the symbol designate the level of cooling selected three for high two for medium and one for low Heated Seatback To heat only the seatback press the button with the heated seatback symbol This symbol will appear on the climate control display to indicate that the feature is on Press the button to cycle through the temperature settings of high medium and low and to turn the heated seatback off Indicator bars next to the symbol designate the level of heat selected three for high two for medium and one for low sf Heated Seat and Seatback To heat the entire seat press the button with the heated seat and seatback symbol This symbol will appear on the climate control display to indicate that the feature is on Press the button to cycle through the temperature settings of high medium and low and to turn the heated seat off Indicator bars next to the symbol designate the level of heat selected three for high two for medium and one for low The heated and cooled seats will be canceled after the ignition is turned off If you want to use the heated and cooled seat feature after you restart your vehicle you will need to press the appropriate seat button again Memory Seat Mirrors and Pedals Your vehicle has the memory package The controls for this feature are located on the driver s door and are used to program and recall memory
98. hooks located on the assist handles Luggage Carrier If your vehicle has a luggage carrier you can load things on top of your vehicle The luggage carrier has siderails attached to the roof and crossrails if equipped which can be moved back and forth to help secure cargo To adjust turn the knob located at each end of the crossrail counterclockwise until the crossrail can move freely To secure the crossrail turn the knob located at each end of the crossrail clockwise until tightened Tie the load to the siderails or siderail supports Notice Loading cargo on the luggage carrier that weighs more than 200 Ibs 91 kg or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage your vehicle Load cargo so that it rests as far forward as possible and against the side rails making sure to fasten it securely Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading your vehicle For more information on vehicle capacity and loading see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 2 61 To prevent damage or loss of cargo as you are leaving check now and then to make sure the luggage and cargo are still securely fastened Be sure the cargo is properly loaded If small heavy objects are placed on the roof place the load in the area over the rear wheels behind the rear side door on extended models If you need to cut a piece of 3 8 inch plywood to fit inside the crossrails and siderails to spread the load If plywood is used tie i
99. installed by your dealer integrated trailer hitch or a qualified service center If you are charging a remote non vehicle battery press the tow haul mode button located at the end of the shift lever This will boost the vehicle system voltage and properly charge the battery 4 56 Electric Brake Control Wiring Provisions These wiring provisions are included with your vehicle as part of the heavy duty trailer wiring package These provisions are for an electric brake controller The red black stripe power feed will not be connected to the battery until the ring terminal is unstowed and connected to the underhood electrical center The instrument panel contains blunt cut wires near the data link connector for the trailer brake controller The harness contains the following wires Dark Blue Auxiliary e Red Black Battery Light Blue White Brake Switch e White Ground It should be installed by your dealer retailer or a qualified service center Trailer Recommendations You must subtract your hitch loads from the Cargo Weight Rating CWR CWR is the maximum weight of the load your vehicle can carry It doesn t include the weight of the people inside But you can figure about 150 Ibs 68 kg for each seat The total cargo load must not be more than your vehicle s CWR Weigh your vehicle with the trailer attached so that you won t go over the GVWR or GAWR If you are using a weight distributing hitch weigh the
100. knob again to select either LOCAL or DISTANT 4 Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the display to time out 3 74 To search for stations press the seek arrows If the system is set to LOCAL SEEK displays and the radio seeks to stations only with strong signals If the system is set to DISTANT D SEEK displays and the radio seeks to stations with weak and strong signals Setting Preset Stations Up to 30 stations six AM six FM1 six FM2 and six XM1 and six XM2 if equipped can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select AM FM1 FM2 or XM1 or XM2 if equipped 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons for two seconds until a beep sounds The set preset station number displays above the pushbutton that is set When that numbered pushbutton is pressed for less than two seconds the station that was set returns 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton To set the preset stations with an equalization setting DSP Digital Signal Processing setting or a PTY program type setting see each of these features later in this section Once one of these additional settings is selected the preset station remembers each setting and it remains active until the setting is turned off for that preset stat
101. left K seek arrow to go back to the start of the current track or chapter if more than ten seconds have played This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the disc 3 105 When a DVD video menu is being displayed press either the left K or right I seek arrow to perform a cursor up or down on the menu Hold the left Kor right I seek arrow to perform a cursor left or right on the menu PROG Program Press this button to go to the next preset radio station or channel set on the main radio This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the radio When a CD or DVD audio disc is playing press this button to go to the beginning of the CD or DVD audio This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the disc When a disc is playing in the CD or DVD changer press this button to select the next disc if multiple discs are loaded This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the disc When a DVD video menu is being displayed press the PROG button to perform the menu function enter 3 106 Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it does not operat
102. longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 41 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service Antilock Brake System Warning Light That is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light will come on briefly when you start the engine If the ABS light stays on turn the ignition off if the light comes on when you are driving stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the ABS light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have antilock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with your regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 40 For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 53 for all brake related DIC messages StabiliTrak Indicator Light
103. lower the liftgate and close The liftgate latch will power close Always close the liftgate before driving lfthe KE button or the power close button on the liftgate is pressed while power operation is disabled the lights will flash three times but the liftgate will not move It is not recommended that you drive with the liftgate open however if you must drive with the liftgate open the liftgate should be set to manual operation by pressing the OFF switch on the center console The liftgate has an electric latch If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage the liftgate will not open The liftgate will resume operation when the battery is reconnected and charged lf the battery is properly connected with adequate voltage the switch is not disabled and the liftgate still will not function your vehicle should be taken to a dealer retailer for service Power Running Boards Your vehicle may have power running boards The power running boards automatically extend from beneath the vehicle on the side in which the door has been opened Once the door is closed the running boards will automatically move back under the vehicle after a brief delay The vehicle must not be moving for the running boards to extend or retract The switch used to disable the power running boards is located on the center console below the climate control system Ez The running boards cannot be disabled in the extended position Windo
104. message displays you will need to add washer fluid to the windshield washer fluid reservoir Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location Notice When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint 5 35 Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake hydraulic system If it is you should have the brake hyd
105. must reset the OIL LIFE display yourself after each oil change It will not reset itself Also be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE display accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change To reset the engine oil life system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 Units Press the vehicle information button until UNITS displays This display allows you to select between English or Metric units of measurement Once in this display press the set reset button to select between ENGLISH or METRIC units All of the vehicle information will then be displayed in the unit of measurement selected Tire Pressure The pressure for each tire can be viewed in the DIC The tire pressure will be shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the vehicle information button until the DIC displays FRONT TIRES PSI kPa LEFT RIGHT Press the vehicle information button again until the DIC displays REAR TIRES PSI kPa LEFT RIGHT 3 52 If a low or high tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the pressure in a specific tire will appear in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 53 for more information If the tire pressure display shows dashes instead of a value there may be a problem with your vehicle If this consiste
106. new vehicles with OnStar the Safe amp Sound Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgrade to the Directions amp Connections Plan For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Some OnStar services Such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until you register with OnStar Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped Link to Emergency Services Roadside Assistance Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance e AccidentAssist Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 complimentary minutes OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan All Safe and Sound Plan Services Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services 2 51 OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling may also
107. notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 7 13 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 800 458 8006 or write Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 In Canada call 1 888 446 2000 or write Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 General Motors of Canada Limited 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 7 14 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet
108. of PARK P unless the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal is applied The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery If your vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 40 for more information 2 37 To shift out of PARK P use the following 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still are unable to shift out of PARK P 1 Ease the pressure on the shift lever 2 While holding down the brake pedal press the shift lever all the way into PARK P 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you are still having a problem shifting then have your vehicle serviced soon 2 38 Parking Over Things That Burn A CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn Engine Exhaust i CAUTION Continued A CAUTION Repairs were not done correctly Your vehicle or the exhaust system has Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas been modified improperly carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle Drive it only with all the windows down to
109. of the vehicle The system constantly monitors the vehicle s speed acceleration throttle position and whether the brake pedal is being pressed and determines when to keep the current vehicle speed or to slow down The system will then automatically command downshifts that reduces the vehicles speed until the brake pedal is no longer being pressed This indicates the desired vehicle speed has been reached The tow haul mode and grade braking shift modes can be activated by pressing the button on the end of the shift control stalk While in the DSC mode grade braking is deactivated allowing the driver to select a gear See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 30 for more information Parking Brake To set the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down with your right foot Push down the parking brake pedal with your left foot A chime sounds and the warning light flashes when the parking brake is applied and the vehicle is moving at least 5 mph 8 km h To release the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down Then pull the bottom edge of the lever with the parking brake symbol and located above the parking brake pedal If the ignition is on when the parking brake is released the brake system warning light goes off Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully release
110. oil change I Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary m Check vent hose at transfer case for kinks and proper installation Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your dealer retailer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by your warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 14 Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Inspect your vehicle s t
111. open the liftglass 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release 2 to locate your vehicle The turn signal lamps will flash and the horn will sound three times Press and hold J for more than two seconds to activate the panic alarm The turn signal lamps will flash and the horn will sound repeatedly for 30 seconds The alarm will turn off when the ignition is moved to ON RUN or 2 is pressed again The ignition must be in LOCK OFF for the panic alarm to work Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each RKE transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer retailer All transmitters need to be re coded to match the new transmitter The lost transmitter will no longer work after the new transmitters are re coded The vehicle can have a maximum of eight transmitters matched to it Battery Replacement Replace the battery if the REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY message displays in the DIC See REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 53 for additional information Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery 1 Separate the halves of the transmitter with a flat thin object inserted into the notch located above the metal base
112. or longer to obtain an accurate reading because of residual fluid draining down the dipstick tube If inconsistent readings persist check the transmission breather to be sure it is clean and not clogged If readings are still inconsistent contact your dealer retailer 5 Safe operating level is within the HOT cross hatch band on the dipstick If the fluid level is not within the HOT band and the transmission temperature is between 160 F and 200 71 C and 93 C add or drain fluid as necessary to bring the level into the HOT band If the fluid level is low add only enough fluid to bring the level into the HOT band It does not take much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5L Do not overfill 6 If the fluid level is in the acceptable range push the dipstick back in all the way then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place 5 23 Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 26 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C Give boiling protection up to 265
113. or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery You may find that your right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving lfthe level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing we suggest the following tips Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection
114. page 3 61 for more information on DIC programming Rear Door Security Locks Your vehicle has rear door security locks These prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door Security Lock Label shown The rear doors must be open to access them The label showing lock and unlock positions is located near the lock To set the locks do the following 1 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the horizontal position 2 Close the door When you want to open a rear door when the security lock is on do the following 1 Unlock the door by lifting the rear door manual lock using the power door lock switch or the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter if the vehicle has one 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock do the following 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the vertical position Lockout Protection This feature protects you from locking the key in the vehicle when the key is in the ignition and a front door is open If the driver s side power door lock switch is pressed when the driver s door is open and the key is in the ignition all of the doors will lock and then the driver s door will unlock If the passenger s side power door lock switch is pressed
115. rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugged into accessory power outlets EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery It does this by balancing the generator s output and the vehicle s electrical needs It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories Normally these actions occur in steps or levels without being noticeable In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action this action may be noticeable to the driver If so a Driver Information Center DIC message might be displayed such as Battery Saver Active or Service Battery Charging System If this message is displayed it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 53 Battery Run Down Protection This feature shuts off the dome lamps if they are left on for more than 10 minutes when the ignition is in LOCK This will help prevent the battery from running down 3 23 Accessory Power Outlet s The accessory power outlets let you plug in auxiliary electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone or CB radio Your vehicle has one accessory power outlet inside the floor console storage bin one on the back of the floor console and one power outlet in the rear cargo area on the passenger side To u
116. recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be
117. routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection 3 45 Oil Pressure Light A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil This light will come on briefly when you start your engine If it does not have your vehicle serviced 3 46 When the light comes on and stays on it means that oil is not flowing through your engine properly You could be low on oil and you might have some other system problem Security Light For information regarding this light and the vehicle s security system see Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 21 f Fog Lamp Light 0 The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 3 21 for more information The fog lamp light will come on when the fog lamps are in use Lights On Reminder This light comes on whenever the parking lamps are on See Exterior Lamps on page 3 16 for more information Cruise Control Light This light comes on
118. seriously injured or killed in a people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure crash if the child is not properly secured in the any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child child restraint Because there are different is in it systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint 1 59 Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that children and child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 60 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restrai
119. speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 for more information Used Replacement Wheels Tire Chains ACAUTION ACAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is Do not use tire chains There is not enough dangerous You cannot know how it has been clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle used or how far it has been driven It could fail without the proper amount of clearance can suddenly and cause a crash If you have to cause damage to the brakes suspension or replace a wheel use a new GM original other vehicle parts The area damaged by the equipment wheel tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly re adjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the rear tires 5 77 If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowl
120. such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following Here are some important things to consider before you do recreational vehicle towing What s the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations How far will you tow Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow Do you have the proper towing equipment See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations ls your vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you ll want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 28 4 42 Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing All Wheel Drive Vehicles Notice Towing an all wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or even with only two of its wheels on
121. switch to engage or disengage the front axle It is fully automatic and adjusts itself as needed for road conditions Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly accelerate Both control systems steering and acceleration have to do their work where the tires meet the road Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too much of those places You can lose control See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on
122. the accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while the front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes See Braking on page 4 3 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left
123. the ground will damage drivetrain components Do not tow an all wheel drive vehicle if any of its wheels will be on the ground Your vehicle is not designed to be towed with any of the wheels on the ground If your vehicle must be towed see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 41 Dinghy Towing Two Wheel Drive Vehicles Notice If you tow a two wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground the transmission could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not tow a two wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground Two wheel drive vehicles should not be towed with all four wheels on the ground Two wheel drive transmissions have no provisions for internal lubrication while being towed Dolly Towing Two Wheel Drive Vehicles Rear Wheels Off the Ground Notice If you tow a two wheel drive vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground the transmission could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never tow your vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground Two wheel drive vehicles should not be towed with the rear wheels on the ground Two wheel drive transmissions have no provisions for internal lubrication while being towed Two wheel drive vehicles can be towed on a dolly with the front wheels on the ground provided that the wheels are straight Use the following procedure to dolly tow your vehicle 1 Drive the vehicle up onto the tow dolly Shift the transmission to
124. the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer retailer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added Notice The chime signals related to safety belts parking brake and other functions of your vehicle operate through the radio entertainment system If that equipment is replaced or additional equipment is added to your vehicle the chimes may not work Make sure that replacement or additional equipment is compatible with your vehicle before installing it See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Your vehicle may have a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 26 for more information Setting the Clock 1 Press the tune select knob the passenger side knob
125. this feature and begin playing the DVD Press to pause the DVD if it is playing Press Play F1 to restart the DVD if it is paused F2 Stop Press once to stop the DVD and retain the current position Press it again from the stopped state to return to the beginning of the disc F3 Reverse Press and hold if the DVD is playing to enter fast reverse mode Hold to play in reverse at four times the normal speed Hold it for more than four seconds to play in reverse at 32 times the normal speed Release to return to normal play mode F4 Forward If the DVD player is playing press and hold to enter fast forward mode Hold to play at four times the normal speed Hold it for more than four seconds to play at 32 times the normal speed Release to return to normal play mode Press and hold if the DVD is playing to enter slow forward mode Hold to play at half the normal speed Hold it for more than four seconds to play at an eighth the normal speed Release to return to the pause state F6 Menu Press to go to the DVD root menu and to bring up the menu navigation arrows Pressing keys F1 through F4 moves the cursor to navigate the DVD menu Press F6 to enter your selection 3 86 Km Seek Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current chapter Press it again to go to the previous chapter or press the right arrow to go to the next chapter Press and hold to change chapter at a rate of one per second Tune Selec
126. this time on this channel The system is working properly NotFound There are no channels available for the selected category The system is working properly XM Lock The XM receiver in your vehicle may have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message is received after having your vehicle serviced check with your dealer retailer Radio ID If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio 8 digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there could be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer retailer Check XM If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer Navigation Radio System Your vehicle may have a navigation radio system The navigation system has built in features intended to minimize driver distraction Technology alone no matter how advanced can never replace your own judgment See the Navigation System manual for some tips to help you reduce distractions while driving Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System Your vehicle may have a DVD Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system The RSE system works with the vehicle s audio system The DVD player is part of the front radio The RSE system includes a radio with a DVD player a video display screen an
127. to use this equipment Universal Home Remote System Operation With Three Round LED Your vehicle may have the Universal Home Remote System If there are three round Light Emitting Diode LED indicator lights above the Universal Home Remote buttons follow the instructions below 2 54 This system provides a way to replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home automation devices Do not use this system with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the transmitter Because of the steps involved it may be helpful to have another person available to assist you in programming the transmitter Be sure to keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future programming You only need the original remote control transmitter for Fixed Code programming It is also recommended that upon the sale or lease termination of the vehicle the programmed buttons should be erased for security purposes See Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons later in this section When programming a garage door it is advised to park outside of the garage Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or security device you are programming Pr
128. to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Wood Panels Use a clean cloth moistened in warm soapy water use mild dish washing soap Dry the wood immediately with a clean cloth Speaker Covers Vacuum around a speaker cover gently so that the speaker will not be damaged Clean spots with just water and mild soap Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry ACAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts I
129. to do so 1 90 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything I might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel roof rail airbag modules ceiling headliner or pillar garnish trim overhead console front sensors side impact sensors rollover sensor module or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device installed under or on top of the seat fabric could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger S
130. trailer will weigh more than these limits You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls Hitch Cover Your vehicle may have a hitch cover To remove the hitch cover 1 Turn the fasteners on the lower tabs 90 degrees counterclockwise 2 Lift the lower edge of the cover about 45 degrees 3 Pull the cover downward to disengage the upper attachments 1 Hold the cover at a 45 degree angle to the vehicle and push the upper tabs in the hitch cover into the chrome slots in the fascia 2 Move the bottom of the cover forward until the lower tabs line up with the lower fascia slots 3 Snap the hitch cover into place by pushing the upper corners forward 4 Turn the fasteners on the lower tabs 90 degrees clockwise to lock the cover in place 4 51 Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground If you are towing a trailer up to 5 000 Ibs 900 kg with a factory installed step bumper you may attach the safety chains to the attaching points on the bumper If you are towing a trailer up to your vehicle s trailer rating limit you may attach the safety chains to the attaching point on the hitch platform If you are towing with an af
131. transfer case fluid See footnote m Inspect evaporative control system An Emission Control Service See footnotes t and 9 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter Severe service See footnote h Additional Required Services cont d Replace spark plugs and inspect spark plug wires An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote I Maintenance Footnotes t The U S Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded aaa 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40000 80000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Lubricate the front suspension steering linkage and parking brake cable guides Control arm ball joints are maintenance free a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other
132. vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent Your vehicle has a content theft deterrent alarm system This is the security light To arm the theft deterrent system 1 Open the door 2 Lock the door with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter or the power door lock switch The security light will come on to inform the driver the system is arming If a door is open when the doors are locked the security light will flash If the delayed locking feature is turned on the theft deterrent system will not start the arming process until the last door is closed and the delay timer has expired See Delayed Locking on page 2 11 3 Close all doors The security light should go off after about 30 seconds The alarm is not armed until the security light goes off If a locked door is opened without using the RKE transmitter a ten second pre alarm will occur The horn will chirp and the lights will flash If the key is not placed in the ignition and turned to START or the door is not unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the RKE transmitter during the ten second pre alarm the alarm will go off Your vehicle s headlamps will flash and the horn will sound for about two minutes then will turn off to save the battery power The theft deterrent system will not activate if the doors are locked with the vehicle s key or the manual
133. vehicle without the spring bars in place You ll get the best performance if you spread out the weight of your load the right way and if you choose the correct hitch and trailer brakes For more information see Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 4 57 4 NOTES 4 58 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE sianie paeen EE 5 3 Accessories and Modifications sssseneeee 5 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 1 5 3 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 0 eeeeeeee es 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle ae rele ah Une eee ei any 5 4 UCD EL EL FEER Er E SEN 5 5 Gasoline Octane ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneees 5 5 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeeeeeeeneeeeee eres 5 5 California Fuel cececeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeaeeeeeneees 5 5 AGOIIVOS Arise are regere eTa RE 5 6 Fuels in Foreign Countries W sssseeererereee 5 6 Filling the Tank 222 20 orne asken bl rel seg 5 7 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 1 W W1 1 1 5 10 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Hood Release en arne hendes NA 5 11 Engine Compartment Overview s es 5 12 Engine Oil scctschcieoiosatdtcaenemeteddengumetiicimnteaancted 5 14 Engine Oil Life System u sssseeeeeeereerreee 5 16 Engine Air Cleaner Filter u u u x ddsseneeeeeeererere 5 17 Automatic Transmission Flui
134. you back down It is best that you back down the hill with the wheels straight rather than in the left or right direction Turning the wheel too far to the left or right will increase the possibility of a rollover There are also some things you must not do if you stall or are about to stall when going up a hill Never attempt to prevent a stall by shifting into NEUTRAL N to rev up the engine and regain forward momentum This will not work Your vehicle will roll backwards very quickly and you could go out of control Instead apply the regular brake to stop the vehicle Then apply the parking brake Shift to REVERSE R release the parking brake and slowly back straight down Never attempt to turn around if you are about to stall when going up a hill If the hill is steep enough to stall your vehicle it is steep enough to cause you to roll over if you turn around If you cannot make it up the hill you must back straight down the hill If after stalling you try to back down the hill and decide you just cannot do it set the parking brake put the transmission in PARK P and turn off the engine Leave the vehicle and go get some help Exit on the uphill side and stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill 4 20 Driving Downhill When off roading takes you downhill you will want to consider a number of things How steep is the downhill Will be able to maintain vehicle control What s
135. your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured Ifthere has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give on
136. 1 3 Heated Seat cccccceececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 4 Heated and Cooled Seats ccceeeeeeeeeneee ees 1 5 Memory Seat Mirrors and Pedals 55 1 6 Power Reclining Seatbacks ceeeeeeneee tenes 1 7 Head Restraints cececeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 9 Center Seat eraio en aatend 1 10 Rear Seats eccora n a 1 10 Heated Seats W W W ssssneeerereeree ennen nerne 1 10 60 40 Split Bench Seat Second Row 1 11 Bucket Seats Second Row eseeeeeeeneeee 1 17 Third Row Seat cececeeceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 25 Safety Belts sorrir kosane a E ai 1 29 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 29 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 34 Lap Shoulder Belt iiit iedeen niani 1 42 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 0 1 48 Lap Belt cc sccrigcsgeieasks acacactaceddantvane aa ea iE 1 48 Safety Belt Extender ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 1 49 Child Restraints c cceeceeeeeeceeeeeeees 1 50 Older Children ccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 50 Infants and Young Children ceeeeeeeeees 1 53 Child Restraint Systems c ceeeeeeeeeeeee een es 1 57 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 60 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH se menim oc ati SHE SNE ANSEELSE 1 61 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat POSION 5 rr cetvarex rE EEE
137. 2 Remove the old battery Do not use a metal object 3 Insert the new battery positive side facing up Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery 4 Put the transmitter back together tightly Remote Vehicle Start Your vehicle may have a remote starting feature This feature allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle It may also start up the vehicle s heating or air conditioning systems and rear window defogger Normal operation of the system will return after the key is turned to the ON RUN position During a remote start the climate control system will default to a heating or cooling mode depending on the outside temperatures During a remote start if your vehicle has an automatic climate control system and heated seats the heated seats will turn on during colder outside temperatures and will shut off when the key is turned to ON RUN If your vehicle does not have an automatic climate control system during remote start you will need to manually turn the heated seats on and off See Heated Seats on page 1 4 for additional information Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws may require a person using the remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles Do not use the remote start feature if your vehicle is low on fuel Your vehicle may run out of fuel The RKE trans
138. 2008 Cadillac Escalade Escalade ESV Owner Manual MA Seats and Restraint Systems 006 1 1 Driving Your Vehicle c00ccceeeeeeeeeeees 4 1 FIONt SCats snieni iEn EEEE 1 2 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle _ 4 2 Rear Seats oo cccc ec ccc ccc ec eee cenec sense eeenes 1 10 TOWING render cactus inceeumtadanilindchanadt 4 41 Safety Belts o eeececceeeeeeeeeeeseeeteeeeeeeeeenees 1 29 Service and Appearance Care 0 05 5 1 Child Restraints oe cece cecceecceecea seca eeeeeeenees 1 50 SITRER NNE ie gan aa rn 5 3 Airbag System oo eee ee cece eee renere rener 1 76 Fuel cerana ei neta e S EE EEE A EPERERA 5 5 Restraint System Check oo eee eeees 1 92 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 Features and Controls 2 00cecceceeseeeeeseeees 2 1 All Wheel Drive oo cece cece cece eee eee ee ees 5 45 KOS miine a E eee nende 2 3 Rear Axles Bi EN ed earned 5 46 Doorsvand Locks redi esena ia 2 10 Front Axle crpe ieai a 5 47 WINGOWS ae ATE AEE EE E 2 18 Headlamp AiMINg oo cc cece cece cece ec eaeeeeeeeeees 5 48 Theft Deterrent Systems 1 2 20 Bulb Replacement W W W sssssseeeeeeerererkrnee 5 51 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 24 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 54 MIROS ae ninia ioe e aai aait 2 41 eSa ae E EE 5 56 Object Detection Systems 1 2 48 Appearance Care sssssssssnsrerrrrerererrrrene 5 98 OnStar
139. 3 53 for more information Stop and check your tires as soon as it is safe to do so If underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 5 56 for more information If a problem is detected with the Tire Pressure Monitor System this light will flash for approximately 60 seconds and then stay on solid for the remainder of the ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 64 for more information Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It makes sure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is an OBD II problem and service is required Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well your vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by your warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust inta
140. 56 Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You have a lot less traction or grip and need to be very careful 4 30 in den e What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it can offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 33 and Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 34 The Antilock Brake System ABS improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop ona slippery road Even though you have ABS begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement See Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 4 Allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot th
141. 59 after which the display will return to zero To stop the timer press the set reset button briefly while TIMER is displayed To reset the timer to zero press and hold the set reset button while TIMER is displayed Transmission Temperature Press the trip fuel button until TRANS TEMP displays This display shows the temperature of the automatic transmission fluid in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C Blank Display This display shows no information Vehicle Information Menu Items i Vehicle Information Press this button to scroll through the following menu items Oil Life Press the vehicle information button until OIL LIFE REMAINING displays This display shows an estimate of the oil s remaining useful life If you see 99 OIL LIFE REMAINING on the display that means 99 of the current oil life remains The engine oil life system will alert you to change the oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions When the remaining oil life is low the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display See CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 53 You should change the oil as soon as you can See Engine Oil on page 5 14 In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information 3 51 Remember you
142. 64 DELAY DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select whether or not the locking of the vehicle s doors and liftgate will be delayed When locking the doors and liftgate with the power door lock switch and a door or the liftgate is open this feature will delay locking the doors and liftgate until five seconds after the last door is closed You will hear three chimes to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use The key must be out of the ignition for this feature to work You can temporarily override delayed locking by pressing the power door lock switch twice or the lock button on the RKE transmitter twice See Delayed Locking on page 2 11 for more information Press the customization button until DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings OFF There will be no delayed locking of the vehicle s doors ON default The doors will not lock until five seconds after the last door or the liftgate is closed NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC EXIT LIGHTING This feature allows you to select the amount of time you want the exterior lamps to remain on when it is dark enough outside This happens after the key is turned from ON
143. A audio is active through the headphones To listen to an iPod or portable audio device through the RSA attach the iPod or portable audio device to the front auxiliary input if available located on the front audio system Turn the iPod on then choose the front auxiliary input with the RSA SRCE button pe of o fm fm Cy Power Press the cy button to turn RSA on and off Volume Turn this knob to increase or to decrease the volume of the wired headphones The left knob controls the left headphones and the right knob controls the right headphones SRCE Source Press this button to switch between the radio AM FM XM if equipped CD and if your vehicle has these features DVD front auxiliary and rear auxiliary K Seek When listening to FM AM or XM if equipped press either the left or right bl seek arrow to go to the previous or to the next station or channels and stay there This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the radio Press and hold either the left K1 or right seek arrow until the display flashes to tune to an individual station The display stops flashing after the buttons have not been pushed for more than two seconds This function is inactive with some radios if the front seat passengers are listening to the radio While listening to a disc press the right bl seek arrow to go to the next track or chapter on the disc Press the
144. Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 1 50 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 53 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is important information you should know 1 34 Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt lf you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash Q What is wrong with this A CAUTI
145. C the horn will chirp when is pressed again within three seconds of the previous press of the lock button See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 for additional information Pressing will arm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 21 mw Unlock Press to unlock the driver s door If a is pressed again within three seconds all remaining doors will unlock If it is dark enough outside your interior lamps will come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the turn signal lamps will flash twice to indicate unlocking has occurred See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 If enabled through the DIC the exterior lights will turn on briefly if it is dark enough outside See APPROACH LIGHTING under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 Pressing m on the RKE transmitter will disarm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 21 2 5 Q Remote Vehicle Start If your vehicle has this feature press Q to start the engine from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 7 for additional information lt Power Liftgate Press and hold lt on the RKE transmitter to open and close the liftgate The taillamps will flash and a chime will sound to indicate when the liftgate is opening and closing CT Liftglass Press and hold lt on the RKE transmitter to
146. C Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 for more information All messages will appear in the DIC display located in the center of the instrument panel cluster The DIC comes on when the ignition is on After a short delay the DIC will display the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 49 and DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 for the displays available DIC Operation and Displays The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the instrument panel next to the steering wheel The DIC displays trip fuel and vehicle system information and warning messages if a system problem is detected A digital speedometer also appears at the bottom of the DIC display The digital speedometer can be enabled or disabled See DISPLAY DIGITAL SPEED under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 for more information DIC Buttons The buttons are the trip fuel vehicle information customization and set reset buttons The button functions are detailed in the following pages ZN Trip Fuel Press this button to display the odometer trip odometer fuel range average economy fuel used timer and transmission temperature i Vehicle Information Press this button to display the oil life units tire pressure readings and Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter programming SR Customization Press this button t
147. GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If you have a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in your vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight your vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight your vehicle can tow And if you will tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity 4 48 The trailer tongue weight A should be 10 percent to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B up to a maximum of 600 Ibs 272 kg with a weight carrying hitch The trailer tongue weight A should be 10 percent to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B up to the maximum of 1 000 Ibs 454 kg with a weight distributing hitch Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle Choose the shortest hitch extension that will position the hitch ball closest to the vehicle This will help reduce the effect of trailer tongue weight on the rear axle After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer Trailering may be limited by the vehicle s ability to carry tongue weight Tongu
148. Head Restraints on page 1 9 Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active 1 87 For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers and
149. LL lela marks from whitewalls and raised white lettering Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Removes dirt grime Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints Removes dirt and grime Chrome Wheel Cleaner from chrome wheels Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on and wipe off Finish Enhancer 5 106 C Description Usage Removes swirl marks fine scratches and other light surface contamination Removes light scratches i Cleans shines and e ne Shine protects tires No wiping necessary Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and lightly waxes Biodegradable and phosphate free Swirl Remover Polish Wash Wax Concentrate Quickly removes spots and stains from carpets vinyl and cloth upholstery Odorless spray odor Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics vinyl leather and carpet Spot Lifter Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Certification Tire and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts See Capacities and Spec
150. M signals causing the sound to fade in and out XMIM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of the XMTM signal for a period of time The radio may display No Signl to indicate interference Rear Side Window Antenna Your AM FM antenna is located in the passenger rear side windows Make sure the inside surfaces of the rear side windows are not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not damaged If the inside surfaces are damaged they could interfere with radio reception Notice Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside of the rear side windows may affect radio reception or damage the rear window defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not clear the inside of the rear side windows with sharp objects Notice Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Any damage caused to your antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by your warranty Because this antenna is built into the rear side windows there is a reduced risk o
151. MA formatted discs are fully supported If a disc is inserted that is not supported an error message displays and the disc is ejected When a DVD is inserted the DVD functions display above the pushbuttons in place of the preset stations These functions vary based on the type of disc that is inserted Loading the disc can take some time as the DVD player reads the disc and determines the type DVD Messages If the disc comes out it could be for one of the following reasons Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the disc should play You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the disc should play The disc is dirty scratched wet or upside down The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again The region code on your DVD might not be correct for your region The format of the disc might not be compatible See MP3 Format later in this section There could have been a problem while burning the disc The label could be caught in the DVD player If the disc is not playing correctly for any other reason try a Known good disc If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer when reporting the problem 3 85 Playing a DVD Video F1 Play Pause Press to turn on the video screen if your vehicle has
152. Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 90 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals 5 3 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless entry transmitters may contain perc
153. ON When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle
154. ON You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move N OND SEE gt forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body Q The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give as much protection this way 1 35 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you A The belt is buckled in the wrong place 1 37 Q What is wrong with this The belt is over an armrest 1 38 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The b
155. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir ACAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake hydraulic system the brakes might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid Notice Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake hydraulic system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 102 5 37 Brake Wear Your vehicle has disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive w
156. The seatback cannot be raised if the seat is not latched to the floor A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 2 Lift the seatback and push it rearward Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked 1 20 Folding and Tumbling the Seat s from the Third Row Seats ACAUTION Using the third row seating position while the second row is folded or folded and tumbled could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place To fold and tumble the seat from the third row seats if your vehicle has them do the following 1 Make sure that there is nothing under in front of or on the seat Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 2 Lift the lever located on the bottom rear of the second row seat on the inboard side to release the seatback The seatback will fold forward 3 Lift the lever again to release the rear of the seat from the floor The seat will tumble forward 1 21 Automatic Release Fold and Tumble To fold and tumble the se
157. Y or START from the LOCK OFF position You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft deterrent system When the PASS Key Ill system senses that someone is using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes If the engine does not start and the security light on the instrument panel cluster comes on when trying to start the vehicle there may be a problem with your theft deterrent system Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 108 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the PASS Key Ill to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance It is possible for the PASS Key Ill decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer retailer o
158. able for children with special needs 1 56 A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems ACAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness 1 57 A booster seat C D i
159. action system to free the vehicle turn the traction system off and use the rocking method ACAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 77 4 33 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels For vehicles with StabiliTrak turn the traction control part of the system off See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that could free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out Or you can use recovery hooks if your vehicle has them If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 41 4 34 Recovery Hooks A CAUTION
160. afe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the ignition off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible 3 44 If the Light Is On Steady You might be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 5 7 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel lf so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed You might notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on accelerat
161. affic announcement broadcast capability TA Traffic Announcement If TA displays it means the tuned radio station broadcasts traffic announcements If the station does not broadcast traffic announcements when TA is turned on it seeks to a station that does When a station that broadcasts traffic announcements is found the radio stops seeking and TA displays If no station is found that broadcasts traffic announcements No Traffic displays The radio plays traffic announcements even if the volume is low The radio interrupts the play of a CD or DVD if the last tuned station broadcasts traffic announcements 3 79 To turn TA on or off perform the following steps 1 Press the knob to enter the main menu 2 Turn this knob until TRAFFIC ANNOUNCE displays 3 Press this knob again to select ON or OFF An X appears in the box when ON is selected 4 Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the display to time out Activating Program Type PTY Stations RDS and XM PTY lets you search for stations with specific types of music The selectable PTYs are POP EASY TALK CNTRY Country CLASS Classical and JAZZ To activate program types perform the following steps 1 Press the knob to enter the main menu 2 Turn this knob until PROGRAM TYPE MODE displays 3 Press this knob again to select ON or OFF An X appears in th
162. age 2 14 for more information For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer retailer High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting ACAUTION The low beam high intensity discharge lighting system operates at a very high voltage If you try to service any of the system components you could be seriously injured Have your dealer retailer or a qualified technician service them Your vehicle has HID headlamps After your vehicle s HID headlamp bulb has been replaced you may notice that the beam is a slightly different shade than it was originally This is normal 2 Remove the two screws from the taillamp assembly ne P 3 Pull the taillamp assembly rearward until you disengage the inner pins on the taillamp assembly from the vehicle 5 52 Press the release tab if the bulb socket has one and turn the socket counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly Pull the old bulb straight out from the socket Press a new bulb into the socket insert the socket into the taillamp assembly and turn the socket clockwise into the taillamp assembly until it clicks Reinstall the taillamp assembly When reinstalling make sure to line up the pins on the taillamp assembly with the vehicle If you do not line up the pins correctly you will not be able install the taillamp assembly properly If you need to replace the taillamp stoplamp or turn signal you will need to
163. amps Lenses 00 5 5 102 FiniSh Care cccceceececeeceee sense eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 102 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades 5 103 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels amd TW sSscccntsancciditaismckeheeesanaaeiateceesed 5 104 TeS aaneren aea ERE SEER Fare 5 105 Sheet Metal Damage W ssssseeeeeere renerne 5 105 Finish Damage 2 renere sa eee 5 105 Underbody Maintenance a se 5 105 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeee eee 5 105 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 106 Vehicle Identification eee 5 107 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 5 107 Service Parts Identification Label 5 107 Electrical System cccceeeeeeeeeee eee eeees 5 108 Add On Electrical Equipment 0 e 5 108 Windshield Wiper Fuses ccnn 5 108 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 108 Fuses and Circuit Breakers cceeeeeeee ees 5 108 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 00 5 109 Center Instrument Panel Fuse Block 5 110 Underhood Fuse Block assesseer 5 111 Capacities and Specifications 5 115 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACDelco E Parts GM e Goodwrench EM Accessories Accessories and
164. an sequential order RDM TRCK displays Press the MODE pushbutton again to turn off random play and advance to the next mode RDM ALL Random All CDs Plays all of the CDs loaded in random rather than sequential order RDM ALL displays Press the MODE pushbutton again to turn off random play and advance to the next mode F6 DISP Display Press to display the time of the track Press again to display CD PLAY MODE K dl Seek Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track Press it again to go to the previous track or press the right arrow to go to the start of the next track Pressing either arrow for more than two seconds searches the previous or next tracks at two tracks per second Release to stop searching and to play the track K l Scan Press the arrows to listen to each track for 10 seconds The CD goes to a track plays for 10 seconds and then goes to the next track Press the arrows again to stop scanning SRCE Source Press to select a source either radio CD DVD or AUX auxiliary if your vehicle has this feature The CD must be loaded to select the source and to play CD appears on the display if a CD is loaded If a CD is not loaded the display changes to the next available source either DVD AUX if your vehicle has this feature or radio a Eject Press to eject the CD that is currently playing or press and hold to eject all of the CDs loaded A beep sounds Eject can be activat
165. ancement to your vehicle s headlamp system Using a digital light sensor on your rearview mirror this system will turn the vehicle s high beam headlamps on and off according to surrounding traffic conditions The IntelliBeam system will turn your high beam headlamps on when it is dark enough there is no other traffic present and the IntelliBeam system is enabled Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam Press and release the IntelliBeam button on the inside rear view mirror The IntelliBeam indicator on the mirror will turn on to let you know the system has been turned on Once the system has been turned on it will remain on each time the vehicle is started Additionally the IntelliBeam system must be enabled To enable the IntelliBeam system turn the exterior lamp control to AUTO with the turn signal multifunction lever in its neutral position The High Beam On Light will appear on the instrument panel cluster when the high beams are on See Highbeam On Light on page 3 47 3 17 Driving with IntelliBeam IntelliBeam will only activate your high beams when driving over 20 mph 32 km h The high beam headlamps will remain on under the automatic control of IntelliBeam until any of the following situations occur The system detects an approaching vehicle s headlamps The system detects a preceding vehicle s taillamps The outside light is bright enough that high beam headlamps are not required
166. and and salt Heat and sun Snow and ice without proper removal 5 103 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim Your vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if you do not wash your vehicle after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium calcium or sodium chloride These chlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust Always wash your vehicle s chrome with soap and water after exposure Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels 5 104 The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome whee
167. and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer retailer check your cooling system Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 for more information Checking Coolant The coolant surge tank is located in the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location A CAUTION Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the FULL COLD mark 5 25 Adding Coolant If more coolant is needed add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the surge tank but only when the engine is cool A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is hand ti
168. and the entire seat can be tumbled or removed from the vehicle Folding the Seatback s To fold the seatback do the following 1 Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat 2 Remove all items on the seat cushion Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 3 Lift the release lever located on the bottom rear of the seatback on the outboard side of the seat and the seatback will fold forward Unfolding the Seatback s To return the seatback to the upright position do the following 1 Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat 2 Pull up on the seatback until it locks into the upright position ACAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked 1 25 Tumbling the Third Row Seat The seat can be tumbled forward for additional cargo space To tumble the seat do the following 1 Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat 2 Make sure the head rests are completely lowered there is nothing under in front of or on the seat and all items are removed from the cupholder a
169. and the vehicle starts to roll over you will be right in its path If you have to walk down the slope stay out of the path the vehicle will take if it does roll over 4 23 Driving in Mud Sand Snow or Ice When you drive in mud snow or sand the wheels will not get good traction You cannot accelerate as quickly turning is more difficult and you will need longer braking distances It is best to use a low gear when you are in mud the deeper the mud the lower the gear In really deep mud the idea is to keep your vehicle moving so you do not get stuck When you drive on sand you will sense a change in wheel traction But it will depend upon how loosely packed the sand is On loosely packed sand such as on beaches or sand dunes the tires will tend to sink into the sand This has an effect on steering accelerating and braking Drive at a reduced speed and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers 4 24 Hard packed snow and ice offer the worst tire traction On these surfaces it is very easy to lose control On wet ice for example the traction is so poor that you will have difficulty accelerating And if you do get moving poor steering and difficult braking can cause you to slide out of control A CAUTION Driving on frozen lakes ponds or rivers can be dangerous Underwater springs currents under the ice or sudden thaws can weaken the ice Your vehicle could fall through the ice and you and your passeng
170. ant to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer And because you re a good deal longer you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you
171. any seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to the ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF position Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before addi
172. approach the top of the hill Attach a flag to the vehicle to make you more visible to approaching traffic on trails or hills Sound the horn as you approach the top of the hill to let opposing traffic know you are there Use the headlamps even during the day They make your vehicle more visible to oncoming traffic A CAUTION Driving to the top crest of a hill at full speed can cause an accident There could be a drop off embankment cliff or even another vehicle You could be seriously injured or killed As you near the top of a hill slow down and stay alert There are some things you should do if the vehicle stalls or is about to stall and you cannot make it up the hill Push the brake pedal to stop the vehicle and keep it from rolling backwards Also apply the parking brake If the engine is still running shift the transmission to REVERSE R release the parking brake and slowly back down the hill in REVERSE R If the engine has stopped running you will need to restart it With the brake pedal pressed and the parking brake still applied shift the transmission to PARK P and restart the engine Then shift to REVERSE R release the parking brake and slowly back down the hill as straight as possible in REVERSE R As you are backing down the hill put your left hand on the steering wheel at the 12 o clock position This way you will be able to tell if the wheels are straight and maneuver as
173. ar an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 5 34 How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The level should be at the FULL COLD mark If necessary add only enough fluid to bring the level up to the mark What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Always use the proper fluid Notice Use of the incorrect fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the correct fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When windshield washer fluid needs to be added be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use Use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing Adding Washer Fluid Your vehicle has a low washer fluid message in the DIC that comes on when the washer fluid is low The message is displayed for 15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle When the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID
174. ard Press and hold this pushbutton to enter fast forward mode Hold the pushbutton to play at four times the normal speed Hold it for more than four seconds to play at 32 times the normal speed Release the pushbutton to return to normal play mode A quick press of this pushbutton advances to the next folder 3 92 F5 MODE Press this pushbutton to select from NORMAL RPT TRCK repeat track and RDM TRCK random track Normal Sets the system for normal play of the DVD RPT TRCK Repeat Track Repeats the track over again RPT TRCK displays Press the MODE pushbutton again to turn off repeat play and advance to the next mode RDM TRCK Random Track Plays the tracks on the current DVD in random rather than sequential order RDM TRCK appears on the display Press the MODE pushbutton again to turn off random play and advance to the next mode F6 DISP Display Press this pushbutton to display the time of the track Press this pushbutton again to display CD PLAY MODE K or Seek Press the left seek arrow to go to the start of the current track Press it again to go to the previous track or press the right seek arrow to go to the next track Press and hold these buttons to change tracks at a rate of one per second TUNE SEL Knob Turn to the left one notch to go to the start of the current track Turn it again to go to the previous track or turn to the right one notch to go to the next track K Scan Pres
175. arding proper tire inflation and loading your vehicle For instruction on how to remove install or store a spare tire see Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire on page 5 85 and Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools on page 5 94 After installing the spare tire on your vehicle you should stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare is correctly inflated The spare tire is made to perform well at speeds up to 70 mph 112 km h at the recommended inflation pressure so you can finish your trip Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired or replaced as soon as you can and installed back onto your vehicle This way a spare tire will be available in case you need it again Do not mix tires and wheels of different sizes because they will not fit Keep your spare tire and its wheel together 5 98 Appearance Care Interior Cleaning Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use
176. as been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled Handle them carefully Store CD R s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD and DVD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at all Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Care of Your CD and DVD Player Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD and DVD player mechanism 3 82 Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time
177. ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the right front passenger s frontal airbag 1 88 Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all the way you will engage the child restraint locking feature This may unintentionally cause the passenger sensing system to turn the airbag s off for some adult size occupants If this happens just let the belt go back all the way and start again A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 36 for more on this including important safety information A t
178. ass Calibration If after two seconds the display does not show the correct direction N for North for example there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Such interference may be caused by a magnetic antenna mount magnetic note pad holder or a similar magnetic item The compass can be placed in calibration mode manually by pressing and holding the auto highbeam button for about nine seconds until CAL is shown in the compass display The mirror can then be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads the correct direction 2 44 Compass Variance The mirror is set to zone eight upon leaving the factory It will be necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if the vehicle is driven outside zone eight Under certain circumstances such as a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to adjust the compass variance Compass variance is the difference between earth s magnetic north and true geographic north If the mirror is not adjusted to account for zone changes the compass could give false readings To adjust for zone changes 1 Find your current location and variance zone number on the zone map that follows 2 42 Press and hold the auto highbeam button about six seconds until a zone number appears in the display Once the zone number appears in the display press the auto highbeam but
179. at do the following Feature 1 Make sure that there is nothing under in front of or on the seat The transmission must be in PARK P for this feature i to work Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the Folding and Tumbling the Seat s safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 2 From the front seats press one of the automatic seat release buttons located on the overhead console A CAUTION Automatically folding and tumbling the seat when someone is sitting in the seat could cause injury to the person sitting there Always make sure there is no one sitting in the seat before pressing the automatic seat release button Overhead Console Buttons shown 1 22 When accessing the third row seats if your vehicle has them from the outside of the vehicle press the button on the panel behind either rear door One press of the button automatically folds the seatback flat and tumbles the seat forward There will be a slight delay between the folding of the seatback and the tumbling of the seat Returning the Seat s to the Sitting Position To return the seat to the sitting position do the following 1 Pull the seat down until it latches to the floor The seatback cannot be raised if the seat is not latched to the floor ACAUTION If the seatback is not locked it c
180. at cannot be removed unless the seatback is Z CAUTION folded l 3 Unlatch the seat from If the seatback is not locked it could move the floor by pulling the carrying handle located at the rear of the seat rearward forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 6 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked 4 Roll the seat out of the vehicle There is a track in the floor to guide the seat wheels out of the vehicle 1 27 Installing the Third Row Seat To install the seat do the following 1 Open the liftgate to access the rear of the vehicle 2 Slide the front outboard seat wheels into the track on the floor and roll the seat forward The front latches should lock into place If the latches do not lock try tilting the rear of the seat upward slightly 3 Lower the rear of the seat and push down on the seat to engage the rear floor latches A CAUTION A seat that is not locked into place properly can move around in a collision or sudden stop People in the vehicle could be injured Be sure to lock the seat into place properly when installing it 4 Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place The seatback cannot be raised to the upright position unless the seat is secured to the floor 5 Pull up on the seatback until it locks into the upright position 1 28
181. at is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches can appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe Turn on the hazard warning flashers Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm 4 31 A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any
182. ation on page 5 69 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 10 When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message appears the following services checks and inspections are required Q Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 14 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service QO Lubricate chassis components See footnote Q Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote j Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter or change indicator if equipped If necessar
183. ave the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Your vehicle s engine is filled at the factory with a Mobil 12 synthetic oil which meets all requirements for your vehicle Substitute Engine Oil When adding oil to maintain engine oil level oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M may not be available You can add substitute oil designated SAE 5W 30 with the starburst symbol at all temperatures Substitute oil not meeting GM Standard GM4718M should not be used for an oil change Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM standards are all you need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 53 Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the
184. ay Mirrors 2 45 2 1 Section 2 Features and Controls Object Detection Systems eee 2 48 Storage Areas 0 ccc cece cece renere renerne ees 2 60 Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA 2 48 GIOVE BOX reei senosios Tae e OEE 2 60 OnStar System sssssssseeeeerereerernnneree 2 50 P ee RRDEN aA Universal Home Remote System 2 53 Pea t ea KEE IE aces aia aa Universal Home Remote System 2 53 ET S 2 61 Universal Home Remote System Operation Luggage Carrier rr 26 With Three Round LED css 2 54 Rear Storage Area 1 W u sssseeeeeeerenee ner ennn rene 2 62 Rear Seat Armrest W W u ssssevevereeee re rennenene 2 62 Convenience Net 2322 se dre Dee SEERE LEDEREN 2 63 Cargo COVED ou ce aama nainii nine 2 63 SUNOOR aieeaa eel ees ees edie 2 64 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children The key can be used for the ignition and door locks See your dealer retailer if a replacement key or additional key is needed
185. be erased For help or information on the Universal Home Remote System call the customer assistance phone number under Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 5 2 59 Storage Areas Glove Box Open the glove box by pulling the bottom of the handle upward Use the key to lock and unlock Cupholder s Your vehicle has cupholders for the front and rear passengers The cupholders are located in the center console for the front passengers and on the rear of the center console for the rear passengers To use the front cupholders press down on the access door release The door will then open Push the door pack down to close it The front cupholder may be removed for cleaning by pushing down and then back on the cupholder 2 60 To access the cupholders in the rear floor console pull downward on the lid Center Console Storage Your vehicle has a console compartment between the bucket seats The console has both an upper and lower storage bin accessed by lifting up on the latches located at the front of the console lid The console may have an accessory power outlet inside See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 24 The rear of the console also has a cupholder that swings down for the rear seat passengers to use Assist Handles Your vehicle is equipped with assist handles to be used when getting out of the vehicle They are located above the rear passenger doors Pull down to use Garment Hooks There are garment
186. be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses your minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information Only available in the continental U S 2 52 OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 106 for more information On some vehicles you may have to hold the button for a few seconds and give the command ONSTAR to activate the OnStar Hands Free Calling On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information How OnStar Service Works Your vehicle s OnStar system has the capability of recording and transmitting vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call
187. belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat Lift the lever s located on the bottom rear of the second row seat s on the inboard side to release the seatback The seatback will fold forward Lift the same lever again to release the rear of the seat from the floor The seat will tumble forward automatically Automatic Release Fold and Tumble Feature The transmission must be in PARK P for this feature to work Folding and Tumbling the Seat s ACAUTION Automatically folding and tumbling the seat when someone is sitting in the seat could cause injury to the person sitting there Always make sure there is no one sitting in the seat before pressing the automatic seat release button To fold and tumble the seat do the following 1 Make sure that there is nothing under in front of or on the seat Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 2 From the front seats press one of the automatic seat release buttons located on the overhead console Overhead Console Buttons shown Panel Button similar When accessing the third row seats if your vehicle has them from the outside of the vehicle press the button on the panel behind either rear door One press of the button automatica
188. bottom rear of the seat cushion that can be used for the rear driver side seating position in the third row Never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor For vehicles with a three passenger third row seat there is one top tether anchor located at the bottom rear of the seat cushion that can be used for either the third row center or driver side seating position Never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor 1 65 Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 60 for additional information Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual 1 66 A CAUTION Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in th
189. brake parts including calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts signs of wear or lack of lubrication Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Visually check constant velocity joints rubber boots and axle seals for leaks c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 54 and Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades on page 5 103 for more information e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1 92 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders hood latch assembly se
190. button to turn the heated mirrors on or off is located on the climate control panel Press this button to warm the driver s and passenger s outside rearview mirrors to help clear them of ice snow and condensation See Rear Window Defogger under Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 3 26 for more information Convex Mirror ACAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger s side mirror may have convex glass A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver s seat Your vehicle may also have a turn signal indicator on the mirror An arrow on the mirror will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change 2 47 Object Detection Systems Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system it helps you park easier and avoid other vehicles while in REVERSE R It operates at speeds less than 5 mph 8 km h It can determine how close objects are to the rear bumper up to 8 feet 2 5 m behind your vehicle The distance sensors are located on the rear bumper A CAUTION The Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system does not replace driver vision It cannot detect objects that are below t
191. can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for battery location Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling Vehicle Storage ACAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 5 40 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If you drive your vehicle infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep the battery from running down Extended Storage For extended storage of your vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger This will help maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time 5 39 Jump Starting If your vehicle s battery or batteries has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following step
192. cation of the engine oil fill cap Ea Weri Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR om THIS SYMBOL g amp ron 80 ANDGM GASOLINER a STANDARD ENGINES i CERTE E GM4718M 40 20 DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE COLD WEATHER OIL NOT RECOMMENDED Look for three things GM4718M Your vehicle s engine requires a special oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M Oils meeting this standard may be identified as synthetic However not all synthetic oils will meet this GM standard Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M Notice If you use oils that do not have the GM4718M Standard designation you can cause engine damage not covered by your warranty SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 e Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM4718M and h
193. cause damage to the vehicle Stop the vehicle and let it idle to allow the transmission to cool This message clears and the chime stops when the fluid temperature reaches a Safe level TURN SIGNAL ON This message displays and a chime sounds if a turn signal is left on for 3 4 of a mile 1 2 km Move the turn signal multifunction lever to the off position WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID This message displays when the windshield washer fluid is low Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir as soon as possible See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the windshield washer fluid reservoir Also see Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 35 for more information DIC Vehicle Customization Your vehicle may have customization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to one preferred setting Customization features can only be programmed to one setting on the vehicle and cannot be programmed to a preferred setting for two different drivers All of the customization options may not be available on your vehicle Only the options available will be displayed on the DIC The default settings for the customization features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since then The customization preferences are automatically recalled To change customization preferences use the following procedure Entering the Feature Settings Menu 1 Turn the ign
194. ccceceececeeceee tees eeeeeeeeeees 3 35 Off Road Driving arenei eteen airi iiei eee 4 12 Off Road Recovery ssisscnsresisrrenisssrucesnuicainisea 4 11 Oil ENGINE siene E E E N 5 14 Pressure Light r rr ea 3 46 Oil Engine Oil Life System W W u dcdsseeeererereee 5 16 Older Children Restraints c ccccceeeeeeeaee 1 50 Online Owner Center cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 7 4 OnStar PrivaGy senscion bogie ansien aani eds 7 17 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 50 Operation Universal Home Remote System 2 54 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 3 6 Outlet Adjustment eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 31 Outlets Accessory POWER sc scciwiwcenenmisteheeraredneannentuent 3 24 Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors W u sseeeeeeeeereneeee 2 45 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode rarere enhe 5 28 Owner Checks and Services ecceeeeeeeee eens 6 9 Owners Canadian iderien niaii eiii iais ii Paint Damage encarece En 5 105 Park Aid rare rende EENE 2 48 Park Brake crnini E E a EEEa 2 35 Park P Shifting IDIO odeien o a E 2 36 Shifting Out Of sissies ionia iisiinnen rais 2 37 Parking ASSISE arer arae teams crane E R 2 48 Over Things That Burn se riis rue ccion 2 38 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 37 Passenger Sensing System ceeeeeeeeeneee ees 1 85 PASSING sous thinedtacs bredte aen hore
195. ce department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain warranty in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealers can provide shuttle service to get you to your desti
196. cle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Will be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear Safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If I am a good driver and I never drive far from A home why should wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are ina crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone 1 33 How to Wear Safety
197. clockwise from the nine o clock position to the three o clock position If this clears the message s your vehicle does not need servicing If this does not clear the message s then turn the vehicle off wait 15 seconds and then turn it back on again to reset the system If any of these messages still appear on the Driver Information Center DIC your vehicle should be taken in for service For more information on the DIC messages see Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 48 The StabiliTrak light will flash on the instrument panel cluster when the system is both on and activated A ee You may also feel or hear the system working this is normal BS The traction control part of StabiliTrak can be turned off by pressing and releasing the StabiliTrak button if both systems traction control and StabiliTrak were previously on To disable both traction control and StabiliTrak press and hold the button for five seconds The traction control disable button is located on the instrument panel below the climate controls Traction control and StabiliTrak can be turned on by pressing and releasing the StabiliTrak button if not automatically shut off for any other reason When the TCS or StabiliTrak system is turned off the StabiliTrak light and the appropriate TCS off or StabiliTrak off message will be displayed on the DIC to warn the driver Your vehicle will still have brake traction control
198. condary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl rear compartment hinges outer tailgate handle pivot points latch bolt fuel door hinge and folding seat hardware More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g Inspect system Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook up routing and condition Check that the purge valve works properly if equipped Replace as needed h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed k f you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine
199. controlled by the buttons on the radio the RSA Rear Seat Audio system and the remote control if your vehicle has this feature See the Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 95 for more information A DVD icon displays whenever a disc is loaded The DVD player can also be run for passengers in the rear seat with the radio off The rear seat passenger can power on the video screen and use the remote control to navigate the disc See Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 95 for more information The DVD player is capable of playing both DVD video and DVD audio discs This DVD player includes Dolby Digital Decoding and DTS Decoding so discs can be played that were recorded using these technologies Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the double D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories DTS and DTS Digital Surround are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc A Eject Press to eject the DVD or CD Eject can be activated with the ignition or radio off If the disc is not removed after a short time the disc is pulled back into the DVD player for storage The DVD player is only compatible with DVDs of the appropriate region code The region code is printed on the jacket of most DVDs DVD video DVD audio DVD R RW and DVD R RW are fully supported by this DVD player In addition standard audio CDs CD R CD RW video CD SACD MP3 and W
200. d eeeeeee 5 20 Engine Coolant tise agitere mienne arne EO ana 5 24 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 1 5 26 Engine Overheating c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 26 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode cecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 28 Cooling System seist ain inin E EA EARN 5 29 Engine Fan Noise cceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 33 Power Steering Fluid cseeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 34 Windshield Washer Fluid eeeeeeeeee eee es 5 35 Brak S O ccdcienicckeddd deg a ha mdr sladre 5 36 Battery 2 2 c and Enke a aonana S 5 39 JUMP Starling sirene n ean 5 40 All Wheel Drive 0 a eener 5 45 Real AXl apea a d 5 46 Front Axle iaeano ene 5 47 Headlamp Aiming ceceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeen es 5 48 Bulb Replacement eee 5 51 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 51 Back Up Lamps sir ser sneen eee ere 5 51 License Plate Lamp seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Replacement Bulbs seseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 53 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 54 MNOS sicslaitbcciatonParcamismnpatocanseetaycregumaameiseieagehtes 5 56 Tire Sidewall Labeling ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 57 Tire Terminology and Definitions 0 5 59 Inflation Tire Pressure ccnn 5 62 High Speed Operation cceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 5 63 Tire Pressure Monitor System 6 eeeeee
201. d and the brake warning light is off before driving If you are towing a trailer and are parking on any hill see Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 2 35 Shifting Into PARK P A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 1 Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and set the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever into the PARK P position by pulling the shift lever toward you and moving it up as far as it will go 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P 2 36 Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your
202. d held transmitter may have between eight to 12 dip switches depending on the brand of transmitter Your garage door opener receiver motor head unit may also have a row of dip switches that can be used when programming the Universal Home Remote If the total number of switches on the motor o 3 4 5 6 7 8 head and hand held transmitter are different or if N Ea E the dip switch settings are different use the T ED Ea dip switch settings on the motor head unit to Ea Ea Ea Ea program your Universal Home Remote The motor head dip switch settings can also be used when you do not have the original hand held transmitter Switch Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 78 Switch Position On On NeutralNeutrall Off Off Off Off Your Universal Home i i od 2 34 5 7 8 N co fa R a 7 Example of Eight Dip Switches with Three Positions T pa piy ga Ea 5 Your panel of switches may not appear exactly as they do in the examples but they should be similar The switch positions on your hand held transmitter Switch furhel 2 3 id se may b labeled as follows Switch Position A switch in the up position may be labeled as Your Universal H reas tt ae ct et an Up or On A switch in the down position may be labeled as Example of Eight Dip Switches with Two Positions Down or Off A switch in the middle position may be labeled as Middle 0 or Neutral 2 57
203. d if your vehicle has a third row seat it could have a second video display screen audio video jacks two wireless headphones and a remote control See Radio s on page 3 72 for more information on the vehicle s audio DVD system Driver Control of the Audio System The driver has basic control of the whole audio system Press and hold the D power knob for more than two seconds to turn off the radio RSE rear seat entertainment and the RSA rear seat audio See Radio s on page 3 72 for more information If your vehicle has the navigation system see the Navigation System manual for more information Before You Drive The RSE is designed for rear seat passengers only The driver cannot safely view the video screen while driving and should not try to do so In severe or extreme weather conditions the RSE system might not work until the temperature is within the operating range The operating range for the RSE system is above 4 F 20 C or below 140 F 60 C If the temperature of your vehicle is outside of this range heat or cool the vehicle until the temperature is within the operating range of the RSE system 3 95 Headphones The RSE includes two 2 channel wireless headphones that are dedicated to this system Channel 1 is dedicated to the DVD player while Channel 2 is dedicated to RSA selections These headphones are used to listen to media such as CDs DVDs MP3s DVDAs radio any auxiliary source
204. d like to use to control the garage door until the garage door moves The indicator light above the selected button should slowly blink You may need to hold the button from five to 55 seconds 7 Immediately release the button when the garage door moves The indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete 8 Press and release the same button again The garage door should move confirming that programming is successful and complete To program another Fixed Code device such as an additional garage door opener a security device or home automation device repeat Steps 1 8 choosing a different button in Step 6 than what you used for the garage door opener Using Universal Home Remote Press and hold the appropriate button for at least half of a second The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted Reprogramming Universal Home Remote Buttons You can reprogram any of the three buttons by repeating the instructions Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons You should erase the programmed buttons when you sell or terminate your lease To erase either Rolling Code or Fixed Code on the Universal Home Remote device 1 Press and hold the two outside buttons at the same time for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights located directly above the buttons begin to blink rapidly 2 Once the indicator lights begin to blink release both buttons The codes from all buttons will
205. d move it forward or rearward until the desired locking position is reached Try to move the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury The second row seats may have head rests that can be in a crash adjusted up and down but they do not tilt Center Seat Your vehicle may have a front center seat The seatback doubles as an armrest and cupholder storage area for the driver and passenger when the center seat is not used Do not use it as a seating position when the seatback is folded down Rear Seats Heated Seats The rear seats have the heated seat feature the buttons used to control this feature are located on the Rear Seat Audio RSA panel Driver s Side RSA Heated Seat Button Only shown Ww Heated Seat To heat the seat cushion press the button with the heated seat symbol A heated seat symbol will be shown in the RSA display to indicate that the feature is on Press the button to cycle through the temperature settings of high medium and low and to turn it off Indicator bars next to the symbol will designate the level of heat selected three for high two for medium and one for low The heated seats will be canceled ten seconds after the ignition is turned off If the vehicle is restarted the heate
206. d rr re hai aar holde 1 69 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat POSION sss EN aa TS 1 71 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position cece ceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 72 Where to Put the Restraint c eee 1 60 Cigarette Lighter cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeee 3 25 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 104 Exterior Lamps Lenses seeseeeeeeeee ees 5 102 Fabric Carpet scrii siari KAR eas 5 100 Finish Care ccccceceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 5 102 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMAGCES sici ctesvcseoucreeeddveeddsieevesnesecyereeeds 5 101 MENOR FEE SEE terrestres tte erat del ENES 5 98 LATS seesmisi ae se e aE NNE 5 100 Speaker Covers W u ssseeeeeerere renere rn nn 5 101 WING S SES Er E E 5 105 Underbody Maintenance cece 5 105 Washing Your Vehicle eceeeeeeeeee neers 5 102 Weatherstnips sierici cscs ees Ehe a 5 101 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades 5 103 Wood Panels ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 101 Climate Control System Dual Automatic ccc ccc ec eee eeeeeeeeeeneeaeenes 3 26 Outlet Adjustment ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaes 3 31 Rear Air Conditioning and Heating System PIG CHONG eoe nee A ENS 3 31 GIOCK ooon E E N N A 3 25 Clock Setting ccceceececeececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 71 Collision Damage Repair
207. d seat button will need to be pressed again to restart the feature 60 40 Split Bench Seat Second Row lf your vehicle has a 60 40 split bench the seat s can be folded for additional cargo space or folded and tumbled for easy entry and exit to the third row seats if your vehicle has them These seats will have either the manual fold and tumble feature or the automatic seat release fold and tumble feature Manual Fold and Tumble Feature Folding and Tumbling the Seat s To fold and tumble the seat do the following 1 Make sure that there is nothing under in front of or on the seat Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 2 Lift the lever located on the outboard side of the seat to release the seatback 3 Lift the same lever again to release the rear of the seat from the floor The seat will tumble forward The seatback will fold forward automatically Leaving the seatback in this position creates a flat load floor If the seatback cannot fold flat try moving the front seat forward and or put the front seatback in the upright position Returning the Seat s to the Sitting Position To return the seat to the sitting position do the following 1 Pull the seat down until it latches to the floor The seatback cannot be rais
208. d such that the front end of the vehicle points upward causing the IntelliBeam sensor to aim high and not detect headlamps and taillamps You are driving on winding or hilly roads You may need to manually disable or cancel the high beam headlamps by turning the low beam headlamps on if any of the above conditions exist Disabling and Resetting IntelliBeam at the Rearview Mirror IntelliBeam can be disabled by using the controls on the inside rearview mirror AUTO D On Off To disable the system press this button on the inside rearview mirror The IntelliBeam indicator will turn off and will not come back on until the IntelliBeam button is pressed again Stalk Disable When IntelliBeam has turned on the high beams pull or push the high beam stalk This will disable IntelliBeam The IntelliBeam indicator on the mirror will turn off To re enable IntelliBeam press the IntelliBeam button on the mirror A different sensitivity setting is available for dealer diagnostics This is done by pushing and holding this button for 20 seconds until the IntelliBeam indicator light flashes three times If you accidentally activate this the vehicle s setting will automatically be reset each time the ignition is turned off and then on again Cleaning the IntelliBeam Light Sensor The light sensor is located on the inside of the vehicle EF in front of the inside a rearview mirror Clean the light sensor windo
209. ddle of the steering wheel The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 36 for more information 1 78 The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side The roof rail airbags for the driver right front passenger and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar If your vehicle has roof rail airbags and a third row passenger seat the airbags are located in the ceiling above the rear windows for the outboard passenger positions in the third row 1 80 A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering If your vehicle has roof rail airbags never secure anything to the roof of your vehicle by routing the rope or tie down through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating roof rail airbag will be blocked When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashe
210. de rearview mirror detects moisture on the windshield When active these wipers are able to detect moisture on the windshield and automatically turn on the wipers To turn on the Rainsense feature the wipers must be set to one of the five delay settings Each of the five settings adjusts the sensitivity of the rain sensor Since different drivers have different setting preferences it is recommended that the mid range setting position three be used initially For more wipes select the higher settings for fewer wipes select the lower settings located closer to the off position on the multifunction lever The rain sensor will automatically control the frequency of the wipes from off to high speed according to the weather conditions The wipers can be left ina Rainsense mode even when it is not raining When Rainsense II is active the headlamps will turn on automatically after approximately eight wipes The headlamps will turn off if the wiper switch is set to a delay position and there have been no wipes for approximately three minutes or if the wiper switch is turned to the off position If it is dark outside the headlamps will remain on Notice Going through an automatic car wash with the wipers on can damage them Turn the wipers off when going through an automatic car wash Windshield Washer ACAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fl
211. dlamp control to the off position again will turn the automatic headlamps or DRL back on For vehicles first sold in Canada the off position will only work when the vehicle is shifted into the PARK P position AUTO Automatic Turn the control to this position to set the headlamps to automatically turn on at normal brightness together with the following e Parking Lamps Instrument Panel Lights Taillamps e License Plate Lamps 00 Parking Lamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the parking lamps together with the following Instrument Panel Lights Taillamps e License Plate Lamps ZD Headlamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the headlamps together with the following lamps listed below When the headlamps are turned on while the vehicle is on the headlamps will turn off automatically 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off When the headlamps are turned on while the vehicle is off the headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes before automatically turning off to prevent the battery from being drained Turn the headlamp control to off and then back to the headlamp on position to make the headlamps stay on for an additional 10 minutes e Parking Lamps Instrument Panel Lights Taillamps License Plate Lamps IntelliBeam Intelligent High Beam Headlamp Control System If your vehicle has this feature be sure to read this entire section before using it IntelliBeam is an enh
212. downhill If the vehicle slips sideways it can hit something that will trip it a rock a rut etc and roll over Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the incline even worse If you drive across a rock with the uphill wheels or if the downhill wheels drop into a rut or depression your vehicle can tilt even more For reasons like these you need to decide carefully whether to try to drive across an incline Just because the trail goes across the incline does not mean you have to drive it The last vehicle to try it might have rolled over When driving across an incline that is not too steep the vehicle can hit some loose gravel and start to slide downhill If you feel your vehicle starting to slide sideways turn downhill This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent the side slipping However a much better way to prevent this is to get out and walk the course so you know what the surface is like before you drive it Stalling on an Incline ACAUTION Getting out on the downhill low side of a vehicle stopped across an incline is dangerous If the vehicle rolls over you could be crushed or killed Always get out on the uphill high side of the vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path If your vehicle stalls when you are crossing an incline be sure you and any passengers get out on the uphill side even if the door there is harder to open If you get out on the downhill side
213. driving Filling the Tank ACAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel the fuel pump never let children pump fuel door on the driver s side of the vehicle While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door A CAUTION Gen Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way To open the fuel door push the rearward center edge Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill inboard and release The door will pop open p p the tank and wait a few seconds after you have To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise finished pumping before removing the nozzle i The
214. e vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens To help prevent injury to people and damage to your vehicle attach only one child restraint per anchor Folding an empty rear seat with the safety belts A C AUTI ON secured may cause damage to the safety belt or the 2 seat When removing the child restraint always remember to return the safety belts to their normal Children can be seriously injured or strangled stowed position before folding the rear seat if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the and the safety belt continues to tighten lower anchors If the child restraint does not have Secure any unused safety belts behind the lower attachments or the desired seating position child restraint so children cannot reach them does not have lower anchors secure the child Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the restraint with the top tether and the safety belts retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has Refer to your child restraint manufacturer one after the child restraint has been installed instructions and the instructions in this manual Be sure to follow the instructions of the child 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired restraint manufacturer seating posi
215. e Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 5 59 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressu
216. e air flowing into the passenger area Press the button for warmer air and press the button for cooler air r Mode Press the mode button to manually change the direction of the airflow in the vehicle Repeatedly press the button until the desired mode appears on the display Multiple presses will cycle through the delivery selections Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages on your vehicle The pictures will help you locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As you will see in the details on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they are working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there is a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on when you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please fol
217. e all of the wheel nuts 5 87 7 Remove any rust or dirt ST from the wheel bolts A CAUTION V R gt mounting surfaces and j SN Y spare wheel Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on A CAUTION page 5 79 Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts Because the nuts might come loose The vehicle s wheel could fall off causing a crash 8 Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel after mounting the spare tire 5 88 9 Tighten each wheel nut by hand Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against the hub 10 Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle Lower the jack completely ACAUTION Incorrect or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to a crash If you have to replace them be sure to get new original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and
218. e and LOC LOCK or LOCKED could display With THEFTLOCK activated the radio does not operate if stolen Audio Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle has audio steering wheel controls they may differ depending on your vehicle s options Some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel They include the following V A Next Previous Press the down or up arrow to go to the next or to the previous radio station stored as a favorite When a CD DVD is playing press the down or up arrow to go to the next or to the previous track or chapter amp Mute Voice Recognition Press and release this button to silence the vehicle speakers only The audio of the wireless and wired headphones if your vehicle has these features does not mute Press and release this button again to turn the sound on lf your vehicle has the navigation system press and hold this button for longer than one second to initiate voice recognition See Voice Recognition in the Navigation System manual for more information Press and hold this button for longer than one second to interact with the OnStar system If your vehicle also has the navigation system press and hold this button for longer than one second to initiate voice recognition and say OnStar to enter OnStar mode See the OnStar System on page 2 50 in this manual for more information SRCE Source Press this button to switch between the radio AM FM XM if
219. e and check for the message on the DIC display If the message is still displayed or appears again when you begin driving the brake system needs service as soon as possible See your dealer retailer SERVICE BRAKES SOON This message displays if there is a problem with the brake system If this message appears stop as soon as possible and turn off the vehicle Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display If the message is still displayed or appears again when you begin driving the brake system needs service See your dealer retailer SERVICE PARKING ASSIST This message displays if there is a problem with the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system Do not use this system to help you park See Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA on page 2 48 for more information See your dealer retailer for service 3 58 SERVICE STABILITRAK lf your vehicle has StabiliTrak and this message displays it means there may be a problem with the StabiliTrak system If you see this message try to reset the system Stop turn off the engine for at least 15 seconds then start the engine again If this message still comes on it means there is a problem You should see your dealer retailer for service The vehicle is safe to drive however you do not have the benefit of StabiliTrak so reduce your speed and drive accordingly SERVICE SUSPENSION SYSTEM This message displays when the Road Sensing Suspension RSS
220. e box when ON is selected 4 Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the display to time out 3 80 Once program type is activated the PTYs displays above the pushbuttons in place of the preset stations if programmed Press the pushbutton for the desired PTY The radio might not go to all of the stations with that music type when pressing the pushbutton as not all stations support PTYs AF Alternate Frequency Alternate frequency allows the radio to switch to a stronger station with the same program type To turn AF on or off perform the following steps 1 Press the knob to enter the main menu 2 Turn this knob until ALTERNATE FREQ displays 3 Press this knob again to select AF OFF AF ON or AF REG regular When AF is selected an X appears in that box 4 Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the display to time out This function does not work with XM Radio Message THEFTLOCK This message displays when the THEFTLOCK system has activated Take the vehicle to the dealer retailer for service Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 3 94 later in this section for further detail Using the Six Disc CD Changer The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full
221. e cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture 5 31 A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 1 You can remove the coolant surge tank r when OPEN ko pressure cap whe SA gt the cooling system SURGE RESERVOIR including the coolant TANK D EXPANSION 15PSI 105 KPa surge tank pressure a S cap and upper radiator ty vex coor amp hose is no longer hot Ng Ouvrl gt Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap by slowly turning the pressure cap counterclockwise about one full turn If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pressure left 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it 5 32 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture
222. e is off Lengthy operation of features such as the radio in the ACC ACCESSORY ignition position and the ON RUN position may drain the battery and prevent your vehicle from starting Do not operate your vehicle in the ACC ACCESSORY ignition position for a long period of time C ON RUN This is the position for driving It is the position the ignition switch returns to after the engine starts and the key is released The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time D START This position starts the engine 2 25 Key In the Ignition Never leave your vehicle with the keys inside as it is an easy target for joy riders or thieves If you leave the key in the ignition and park your vehicle a chime will sound when you open the driver s door Always remember to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you This will lock your ignition and transmission Also always remember to lock the doors The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ignition while your vehicle is parked You may not be able to start your vehicle after it has been parked for an extended period of time Retained Accessory Power RAP The following vehicle accessories can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off Audio System e Power Windows
223. e memory seat recall will occur ON The driver s seat and on some vehicles the outside mirrors will automatically move to the stored driving position when the unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is pressed On some vehicles with the adjustable throttle and brake pedal feature the pedals will also automatically move See Relearn Remote Key under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 49 for more information on matching transmitters to driver ID numbers NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 68 REMOTE START If your vehicle has this feature it allows you to turn the remote start off or on The remote start feature allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 7 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE START appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings OFF The remote start feature will be disabled ON default The remote start feature will be enabled NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desi
224. e second row remove the guide from its storage clip on the interior body 1 45 2 Place the guide over the belt and insert the two 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat edges of the belt into the slots of the guide The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top 1 46 ACAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described previously in this section Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guide Slide the guide into its storage clip on the interior body or storage pocket on the side of the seat 1 47 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the
225. e sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You ll find these numbers on the Certification label at the rear edge of the driver s door or see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 Then be sure you don t go over the GVW limit for your vehicle or the GAWR including the weight of the trailer tongue If you use a weight distributing hitch make sure you don t go over the rear axle limit before you apply the weight distribution spring bars Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you ll need the right hitch 4 50 Weight Distributing Hitches and Weight Carrying Hitches A Body to Ground Distance B Front of Vehicle When using a weight distributing hitch the hitch must be adjusted so that the distance A remains the same both before and after coupling the trailer to the tow vehicle If you use a step bumper hitch the bumper could be damaged in sharp turns Make sure there is ample room when turning to avoid contact between the trailer and the bumper If you ll be pulling a trailer that when loaded will weigh To reinstall the hitch cover more than 5 000 Ibs 2 270 kg be sure to use a properly mounted weight distributing hitch and sway control of the proper size This equipment is very important for proper vehicle loading and good handling when driving You should always use a sway control if your
226. e the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation
227. e the adjuster to where you want it try to move it down without squeezing the buttons to make sure it has locked into position 1 44 Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although you cannot see them they are part of the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal near frontal or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met And if your vehicle has side impact airbags safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash or a rollover event Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 93 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head There is one guide for each outside passenger position in the second row seat and the third row if your vehicle has one Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt Third Row If your vehicle has a third row remove the guide from its storage pocket on the side of the seat Second Row 1 For th
228. e weight cannot cause the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating or the RGAWR Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating The effect of additional weight may reduce your trailering capacity more than the total of the additional weight Consider the following example A vehicle model base weight is 5 500 Ibs 2 495 kg 2 800 Ibs 1 270 kg at the front axle and 2 700 Ibs 1 225 kg at the rear axle It has a GVWR of 7 200 Ibs 3 266 kg a RGAWR of 4 000 Ibs 1 814 kg anda GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating of 14 000 Ibs 6 350 kg The trailer rating should be GCWR Vehicle Weight Trailer Rating 14 000 Ibs 6350 kg 5 500 Ibs 2495 kg 8 500 Ibs 3855 kg You can expect tongue weight to be at least 10 percent of trailer weight 850 Ibs 386 kg and because the weight is applied well behind the rear axle the effect on the rear axle will be greater than just the weight itself as much as 1 5 times as much The weight at the rear axle could be 850 Ibs 386 kg X 1 5 1 275 lbs 578 kg Since the rear axle already weighs 2 700 Ibs 1 225 kg adding 1 275 lbs 578 kg brings the total to 3 975 Ibs 1 803 kg This is very close to but within the limit for RGAWR as well The vehicle is set to trailer up to 8 500 Ibs 3 856 kg But let s say your specific vehicle is equipped with some of the latest options and you have a front seat passenger and two rear seat passengers with some luggage and gear in the veh
229. e windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision The rear wiper control is located on the turn signal multifunction lever To turn the rear wiper on slide the lever to a wiper position O Off To turn the wiper off slide the lever to this setting i Rear Wiper Delay To turn on the rear wiper delay slide the lever to this setting AJ Rear Wiper To turn on the rear wiper slide the lever to this setting Q Rear Wiper Wash To turn on the rear wiper wash push the button on the end of the turn signal multifunction lever to spray washer fluid on the rear window The wipers will clear the rear window and either stop or return to your preset speed For more washer cycles press and hold the button The rear window wiper washer will not operate if the liftgate or liftglass is open or ajar If the liftgate or liftglass is opened while the rear wiper is on the wiper will return to the parked position and stop Cruise Control ACAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads With cruise control you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h o
230. ease button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 4 If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster move it to the height that is right for you Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment later in this section To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close a door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle 5 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants 1 43 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Your vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger position Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on your shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash To move it down squeeze the buttons A on the sides of the height adjuster and move the height adjuster to the desired position You can move the adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide After you mov
231. eather Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement later in this section e Ifyou are still having trouble see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The vehicle s doors can be locked and unlocked from about 3 feet 1 m up to 65 feet 20 m away with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter If your vehicle has the remote start feature you can also start your vehicle with the RKE transmitter The RKE transmitter with the remote start button provides an increased operating range of 195 feet 60 m away However the operating range may be less while the vehicle is running As a result you may need to be closer to your vehicle to turn it off than you were to start it There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 4 With Remote Start and Power Liftgate and Liftglass Without Remote Start Similar The following functions may be available if your vehicle has the RKE system Lock Press to lock all the doors If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the turn signal lamps will flash once to indicate locking has occurred If enabled through the DI
232. eature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 62 AUTO DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select when the vehicle s doors will automatically lock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 2 11 for more information Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings SHIFT OUT OF PARK default The doors will automatically lock when the vehicle is shifted out of PARK P AT VEHICLE SPEED The doors will automatically lock when the vehicle speed is above 8 mph 13 km h for three seconds NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC AUTO DOOR UNLOCK This feature allows you to select whether or not to turn off the automatic door unlocking feature It also allows you to select which doors and when the doors will automatically unlock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 2 11 for more information Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll throu
233. econds to play at 32 times the normal speed Release to return to normal play mode F5 MODE Press to select from NORMAL and RPT TRCK repeat track Normal Sets the system for normal play of the DVD RPT TRCK Repeat Track Repeats the track over again RPT TRCK displays Press the MODE button again to turn off repeat play and advance to the next mode F6 DISP Display Press to display the time of the track Press again to display DVD PLAY MODE K BI Seek Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track Press it again to go to the previous track or press the right arrow to go to the next track Press and hold to change tracks at a rate of one per second Tune Select Turn to the left one notch to go to the start of the current track Turn it again to go to the previous track or turn to the right one notch to go to the next track If your vehicle has RSA Rear Seat Entertainment the menu and playlist can be viewed from the DVD audio disc on the video screen Turn on the video screen with the power button on the remote control to view and navigate the menu and playlists See Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 95 for more information 3 87 Playing a CD in the DVD Drive F3 Reverse Press and hold to enter fast reverse mode Hold to play in reverse at four times the normal speed Hold it for more than four seconds to play in reverse at 32 times the normal speed Release to return to
234. ection Operating Mode on page 5 28 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 26 for more information This message displays and a chime sounds if the engine cooling system reaches unsafe temperatures for operation Stop and turn off the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so to avoid severe damage This message clears when the engine has cooled to a safe operating temperature ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays and a chime sounds when the cooling system temperature gets too hot and the engine further enters the engine coolant protection mode See Engine Overheating on page 5 26 for further information This message also displays when the vehicle s engine power is reduced Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible
235. ed These substances can cause glazing and uneven braking Check the body structure steering suspension wheels tires and exhaust system for damage Also check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage Your vehicle will require more frequent service due to off road use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for additional information 4 25 Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include Drive defensively Do not drink and drive Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because your headlamps can only light up so much road ahead Watch for animals 4 26 When tired pull off the road Do not wear sunglasses Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out e Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in the
236. ed or the vehicle is no longer off See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 65 AUTO HIGH BEAMS If your vehicle has this feature it allows you to select to have the Intellibeam system turned off or on See Exterior Lamps on page 3 16 for more information Press the customization button until AUTO HIGH BEAMS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings OFF default The Intellibeam system will be turned off ON The Intellibeam system will be turned on NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 66 CHIME VOLUME This feature allows you to select the volume level of the chime Press the customization button until CHIME VOLUME appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings NORMAL The chime volume will be set to a normal level LOUD The chime volume will be set to a loud level
237. ed by pressing the liftglass release button on the RKE To open the entire liftgate press the power liftgate release button on the RKE or in the vehicle See Power Liftgate on page 2 14 You can also press the touchpad on the underside of the liftgate handle B The liftgate will open after a slight delay The vehicle must be in PARK P to open the liftgate To close the liftgate use the pull cup or pull strap as an aid The liftgate or liftglass cannot be opened if the rear wipers are in motion Attempting to open the liftgate or liftglass while the rear wipers are in motion will cause the release of the liftglass or liftgate to delay until the wipers are parked off the liftglass Both the liftglass and liftgate have an electric latch If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage the liftglass and liftgate will not open The liftglass and liftgate will resume operation when the battery is reconnected and charged If the battery is properly connected and has adequate voltage and the liftgate or liftglass still will not function your vehicle should be taken to a dealership for service Power Liftgate Power Liftgate Operation A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the liftgate open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the liftgate open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must
238. ed if the seat is not latched to the floor ACAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 2 Lift the seatback and push it rearward Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked ACAUTION A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted 3 Make sure the safety belt in the center seating position is not caught between the two seats and is not twisted Folding and Tumbling the Seat s from the Third Row Seats A CAUTION Using the third row seating position while the second row is folded or folded and tumbled could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place To fold and tumble the seat from the third rows if your vehicle has them do the following 1 Make sure that there is nothing under in front of or on the seat Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety
239. ed operation in excellent condition and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load If your vehicle has P265 65R18 or P285 45R22 size tires and you will be driving at high speeds speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher set the cold inflation pressure to 3 psi 20 kPa above the recommended tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information Label When you end this high speed driving return the tires to the cold inflation pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 5 63 Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when
240. ed to constantly sweep the terrain for unexpected obstacles Your ears need to listen for unusual tire or engine sounds With your arms hands feet and body you will need to respond to vibrations and vehicle bounce Controlling your vehicle is the key to successful off road driving One of the best ways to control your vehicle is to control your speed Here are some things to keep in mind At higher speeds You approach things faster and you have less time to scan the terrain for obstacles You have less time to react You have more vehicle bounce when you drive over obstacles You will need more distance for braking especially since you are on an unpaved surface A CAUTION When you are driving off road bouncing and quick changes in direction can easily throw you out of position This could cause you to lose control and crash So whether you are driving on or off the road you and your passengers should wear safety belts Scanning the Terrain Off road driving can take you over many different kinds of terrain You need to be familiar with the terrain and its many different features Here are some things to consider Surface Conditions Off roading can take you over hard packed dirt gravel rocks grass sand mud snow or ice Each of these surfaces affects the steering acceleration and braking of your vehicle in different ways Depending upon the kind of surface you are on you may experience slipping
241. ed with the ignition or radio off If the CD is not removed after a short time the CD is pulled back into the CD player for storage 3 83 Playing an MP3 CD R Disc Radios with the MP3 feature are capable of playing an MP3 CD R disc For more information on how to play an MP3 CD R disc see Using an MP3 on page 3 90 later in this section CD Messages If the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again The format of the CD might not be compatible See Using an MP3 on page 3 90 later in this section There could have been a problem while burning the CD The label could be caught in the CD player If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer when reporting the problem 3 84 Using the DVD Player Insert a disc partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in If the ignition and the radio are on the CD or DVD begins playing A DVD can be loaded with the radio off but it does not start playing until the radio is on and sourced to DVD The DVD player can be
242. ee Resetting the Power Foldaway Mirrors next Resetting the Power Foldaway Mirrors You will need to reset the power foldaway mirrors if the following occurs The mirrors are accidentally obstructed while folding They are accidentally manually folded unfolded The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded position The mirrors shake and flutter at normal driving speeds To reset the power foldaway mirrors fold and unfold them one time using the mirror controls This will reset them to their normal position This mirror has the following features 2 46 Automatic Dimming The drivers outside mirror will adjust for the glare of the headlamps behind you See Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display on page 2 43 Park Tilt Mirrors If your vehicle has the memory package the outside mirrors are able to perform the park tilt function This feature may be useful in allowing the driver to view the curb when parallel parking This feature will cause the passenger s and or driver s mirror to tilt to a preselected position when the vehicle is in REVERSE R The passenger s and or driver s mirror will return to its original position when the vehicle is shifted out of REVERSE R or the ignition is turned off or to OFF LOCK This feature can be turned on or off through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 Heated Mirrors The
243. ee een eee een eeaes 2 54 Using this Manual ss cece ri derhos iii 13 Vehicle CONTO caan E a 4 3 Damage Warnings oesiiccsansiionsniasiiria sans iv Loading eaei n AN ened eee 4 35 SVIMDOIS 22522 eceren a a E iv Vehicle Customization DIC W W u dsdsseeseeereeerrreer 3 61 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 15 Vehicle Identification Number VIN en ran rettede bes 5 107 Service Parts Identification Label 5 107 Vehicle Remote Start cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 2 7 Ventilation Adjustment cceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee es 3 31 MISOMS sesniecetcad eraduecaanacseetentectndeadiacaatethecmnieas 2 20 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 33 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 53 Hazard Warning Flashers a e 3 6 Other Warning Devices eceeeeeeeeee eee ees 3 6 Safety and Symbols eseceeeneeeeeeeeeeees iii Vehicle Damage wiicisccccecseevisncsndaccieeteadeaecsnes cece iv Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance 1 5 75 Different Size cross ra Ens 5 73 Replacement siisi sdu aetna nEn ea 5 76 14 Where to Put the Restraint sssseeeererrses 1 60 WVINGOWS caica E SE 2 18 POWER ane are es ha E ES 2 19 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades Cleaning 5 103 Rainsense Wipers eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 10 VA LETS Tae SDR SEEDEDE eee EE 3 11 Washer Fluid erodar ena Eat 5 35 Wi
244. eeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work for you You might feel the brakes vibrate or notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies With ABS you can steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Locking Differential If your vehicle has this feature your locking differential can give you additional traction on snow mud ice sand or gravel It works like a standard axle most of the time but when one of the wheels has no traction and the other does this feature will allow the wheel with traction to move the vehicle Road Sensing Suspension The Road Sensing Suspension RSS feature provides superior vehicle ride and handling under a variety of passenger and loading conditions The system is fully automatic and uses a computer controller to continuously monitor vehicle speed wheel to body position lift dive and steering position of the vehicle The controller then sends signals t
245. ees 5 64 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Tire Pressure Monitor Operation W 1 1 Tire Inspection and Rotation 1 When It Is Time for New Tires ccecce Buying New Tires ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeees Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 00 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ceeeeee Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Wheel Replacement s eeceeereeeeeeeee Tike GRAINS 22 4 cs sscsneiausescstcnes naa sedssoousnemsesites If a Tire Goes Flat ccc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Changing a Flat Tire 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tite 225 denen chaatitenatontaaeasnedansns Secondary Latch System eeeeeeeeeeee ees Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Spare TUS sei reine ak E EER Appearance Care W W W ssssseeeeeeerereren ere nnne Interior Cleaning 226262 sue ven ennen res seere ssu Fabric Garpet str ie atemcseenies LSE UA TT recen aaa a a E Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Sur aCE Seana e or ARE T EE Wood Panels 2 2 2 ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Speaker Covers o ccsicca ties nigon reai Care of Safety Belts ceeeeeeeeeeee eee eee 5 2 WeatherStripS eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 5 101 Washing Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeee eee eeee 5 102 Cleaning Exterior L
246. eet 2 5 m away Beeping will occur for three seconds when you are closer than 1 foot 0 3 m from the object The following describes what will occur with the URPA display as you get closer to a detected object Description English Metric amber light amber amber lights amber amber red lights amber amber red lights flashing and beep for three seconds The system can be disabled by pressing the rear park aid disable button located next to the radio The indicator light will come on to indicate that URPA is off 2 49 When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly The driver disables the system The parking brake pedal is depressed The ultrasonic sensors are not clean Keep your vehicle s rear bumper free of mud dirt snow ice and slush For cleaning instructions see Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 102 A trailer was attached to your vehicle or a bicycle or an object was hanging out of your liftgate liftglass during your last drive cycle the red light may illuminate in the rear display Once the attached object is removed URPA will return to normal operation A tow bar is attached to your vehicle The vehicle s bumper is damaged Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer to repair the system Other conditions may affect system performance such as vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck If the system is still disabled after driving
247. ehicle has them Press on the access door to open it and use the ashtray and lighter Notice If you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray To remove the ashtray pull it from the center console Slide it back in and push down to be sure it is secure To use the cigarette lighter push it in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let the lighter back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating can occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Analog Clock The analog clock is not connected with any other vehicle system and runs by itself To adjust the clock do the following 1 Locate the adjustment button near the lower left corner of the clock 2 Push and hold the adjustment button to advance the clock hands Holding the button down will cause the clock to advance faster Release the button before you get to the desired time 3 Push and release the button to increase the time by one minute increments until the desired time is reached 3 25 Climate Controls Dual Automatic Climate Control System With this system you can control the heating cooling a
248. elt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests Q What is wrong with this Z CAUTION Pde ho You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 1 39 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest A The belt is behind the body 1 40 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact force
249. embly The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the vehicle s tires and transmits the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument panel cluster 5 65 At the same time a message to check the pressure in a specific tire appears on the Driver Information Center DIC display The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure Using the DIC tire pressure levels can be viewed by the driver For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 49 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 53 The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A Tire and Loading Information label attached to your vehicle shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold 5 66 See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Also see Inflation T
250. ener W W W u u ds seeeererereere renerne 2 53 Garment HOOKS amissione enaa E 2 61 Gasoline OSane niied dies eco NNE EES 5 5 Specifications suc iins anina 5 5 GIOVE BOX isinan panin oeenn Pee Ea E NEF 2 60 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program W 1 1W 1 7 6 Hazard Warning Flashers s c 3 6 Head Restraints iccviscecactedicaecaracnensitovctasanaaction 1 9 Headlamp AIMN aiani ae SE EEN SEERE REE 5 48 Headlamps Bulb Replacement criacionismo 5 51 Daytime Running Lamps W u u ds sseeeeerererrereee 3 20 Exterior Lamp 2222 raset ebee br radials 3 16 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 51 High Low Beam Changer seeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 9 On Reminder 2 secds edsde vias evden aeeeenncdeees 3 19 Heated Seats ccccecccceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 1 4 1 5 Heated Steering Wheel ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee trees 3 7 eaten sisien cirine ESS REESE REESE ERR BER 3 26 Highbeam On Light iesiri sininen henses ket 3 47 High Speed Operation Tires W ssseeeeee 5 63 Highway HypNOSIS cceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee n 4 28 Hill and Mountain Roads e 4 29 Hood Checking Things Under ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 10 Release ilninn rd ere eee dd 5 11 FON ereire a ta EE AE ES E SEEREN ESSENS 3 6 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 34 IGNITION POSITIONS anders tesoira nadan 2 25 Infants and Young Children Restraints
251. ensing System on page 1 85 If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 If your vehicle has rollover roof rail airbags see Different Size Tires and Wheels on page 5 73 for additional important information Q Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system A If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring 1 91 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If
252. enter DIC message may also appear See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 53 for more information This light could indicate that you have problems with a generator drive belt or another electrical problem Have it checked right away If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner 3 39 Brake System Warning Light With the ignition on the brake system warning light will come on when you set the parking brake If you try to drive with the parking brake engaged a chime will sound when the vehicle speed is greater than 3 mph 5 km h Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on and a chime sounds there could be a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away This light may also come on due to low brake fluid See Brakes on page 5 36 for more information Canada BRAKE United States 3 40 This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or may go closer to the floor It may take
253. epairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR of the front or rear axle Automatic Level Control The automatic level control rear suspension comes as a part of the Road Sensing Suspension See Road Sensing Suspension on page 4 6 This type of level control is fully automatic and will provide a better leveled riding position as well as better handling under a variety of passenger and loading conditions An air compressor connected to the rear shocks will raise or lower the rear of the vehicle to maintain proper vehicle height The system is activated when the ignition key is turned to RUN and will automatically adjust vehicle height thereafter The system may exhaust lower vehicle height for up to 10 minutes after the ignition key has been turned to LOCK You may hear the air compressor operating when the height is being adjusted If a weight distributing hitch is being used it is recommended to allow the shocks to inflate thereby leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting the height See Weight distributing Hitches and Weight Carrying Hitches under Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Service on page 7 6 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes
254. eplacement To change the remote control batteries do the following 1 Slide the rear cover back on the remote control 2 Replace the two batteries in the compartment Make sure that they are installed correctly using the diagram on the inside of the battery compartment 3 Replace the battery cover If the remote control is to be stored for a long period of time remove the batteries and keep them in a cool dry place Recommended Action No power The ignition might not be turned ON RUN or in ACC ACCESSORY The picture does not fill the Check the display mode screen There are black settings in the setup menu borders on the top and by pressing the display bottom or on both sides or menu button on the remote it looks stretched out control In auxiliary mode the Check the auxiliary input picture moves or scrolls connections at both devices The remote control does Check to make sure there not work is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly If the stop button was After stopping the player push Play but sometimes pressed one time the DVD the DVD starts where left off and sometimes at the beginning player resumes playing where the DVD was stopped If the stop button was pressed two times the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD Recommended Action The auxiliary s
255. er Capacities and Specifications on page 5 115 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches When rotating your vehicle s tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here to the vehicle In an emergency you can Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 Make sure the spare tire is stored securely Push Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System pull and then try to rotate or turn the tire If it See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on moves tighten the cable See Storing a Flat or page 5 65 Spare Tire and Tools on page 5 94 5 70 When It Is Time for New Tires Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which appear when your t
256. er or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water 5 100 If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents
257. erererennee 3 47 Malfunction Indicator 22222425 nerne 3 43 Oil Pressure ssssseeeeeeee eee ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 3 46 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 37 Safety Belt Reminders ccseeeeeeeeeneees 3 35 SEC TRY ari peera aa ea a adan 3 46 StabiliTrak Indicator cccccccseecccceeeeeeees 3 41 Tire Pressure cccecceeeeec ee ee eect eect ee eeeaeaeaes 3 42 Tow Haul Mode ae en ens Hales 3 47 Lighting EY wich en nedre T 3 22 ES E arrede 3 22 Lights Exterior Lamps icc iniii sn ER rt 3 16 High Low Beam Changer W G sssseereeeerereneee 3 9 On Reminder 555 rr he 3 19 Loading Your Vehicle 5521 rr nsis 4 35 Locking Ditferential corens crn 4 5 Lockout Protection Teerns rne atas 2 12 Locks Delayed LOCKIAG narkose nn 2 11 DOOM ME E E E A E S cae as 2 10 Lockout Protection ssssesenererererernrnee 2 12 Power DOOP sr hes alene Ree 2 10 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 11 Rear Door Security Locks 0 0ceeeeeee es 2 11 Loss of Control cccccecesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeueeeees 4 11 Luggage Carrier W W u sssseseeeeeereereren een eee eeneees 2 61 Lumbar Power Controls cccececeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 3 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services 0 eeeeeeee 6 6 At Each Fuel Fillsscestes tscceisdeontecid aie ae 6 9 At Least Once a Month ccccceeeeeeeeees 6 10 At Least Once a Year
258. ers could drown Drive your vehicle on safe surfaces only Driving in Water ACAUTION Driving through rushing water can be dangerous Deep water can sweep your vehicle downstream and you and your passengers could drown If it is only shallow water it can still wash away the ground from under your tires and you could lose traction and roll the vehicle over Do not drive through rushing water Heavy rain can mean flash flooding and flood waters demand extreme caution Find out how deep the water is before you drive through it If it is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs axles or exhaust pipe do not try it you probably will not get through Also water that deep can damage the axle and other vehicle parts If the water is not too deep drive slowly through it At faster speeds water splashes on the ignition system and your vehicle can stall Stalling can also occur if you get the tailpipe under water And as long as the tailpipe is under water you will never be able to start the engine When you go through water remember that when the brakes get wet it may take you longer to stop See Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads on page 4 27 for more information on driving through water After Off Road Driving Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the underbody chassis or under the hood These accumulations can be a fire hazard After operation in mud or sand have the brake linings cleaned and check
259. es 1 5 Heated Seats sssiciasndss erann he a 1 4 Heated Seats Rear ccccccccceceeneeeeaeeeeees 1 10 Memory Mirrors and Pedals 0 000e 1 6 Power Lumbar cccccceceeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeneeaes 1 3 Power Reclining Seatbacks ceeeeeeeeeee ee 1 7 Powel Seats eii E 1 2 Third Row Seat ccccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 1 25 Secondary Latch System W W u ssseeeeeeerererrree 5 90 Securing a Child Restraint Center Front Seat Position s 1 71 Rear Seat Position isokern bs dar 1 69 Right Front Seat Position c eceeeeenee eres 1 72 Security Light an he eee reed 3 46 EEE Sr ne NERE En AEE E A eee 5 3 Accessories and Modifications ssssreee 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle 3 Er re rare 5 4 California Pershlorate Materials Requirements 2 20 serier erne nedre 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 3 Doing Your Own Work G GWGG sssseeeeerereere renerne rene 5 4 Engine Soon Light 252 abe busk kreere bek slet 3 43 Publications Ordering Information 0 7 14 Service Scheduling Appointments 008 7 8 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 90 Sheet Metal Damage eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 105 Shifting Into Park P er sumrin 2 36 Shifting Out of Park P dioder tenes 2 37 Signals Turn and Lane Change
260. es 5 51 Back Up Lamp 2250 shore sieantpercancseancaneensh ace 5 51 Headlamp AiMing eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeen teeta ees 5 48 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 51 License Plate Lamps eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Replacement Bulbs eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 53 Buying New TireS ccceeeeeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 72 Calibration arrene ae 2 41 2 43 California Fuel 2242 b rserne 5 5 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 5 3 Canadian Owners W W u u d dc sserererereeee renee renerne renen ii Capacities and Specifications ceeeee 5 115 Carbon Monoxide 2 13 2 14 2 39 4 30 4 44 Care of Safety Bels sinen enn enaa Blandade 5 101 Cargo COVeM dasseni near DEERE eE EE 2 63 CD MP SE rarere R ATEAN 3 90 Center Console Storage Area W ssssseerereee 2 61 Center Seat erneiere renea a 1 10 Chains Tie serne ea e re S 5 77 Charging System Light W W W ssseevereererererrrnee 3 39 Check Engine Liht ss necir ihpin onana adii aa 3 43 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Chemical Paint Spotting ssssseverererreee 5 105 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems ssseeeeeeeereee 1 57 Infants and Young Children s 1 53 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 61 Older Children reiasa 1 50 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat POoSitiO ha sa
261. es 7 14 United States Government eeeeeeee ees 7 13 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 000 1 92 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash 0 cccccceceececeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 1 93 Retained Accessory Power RAP neccen 2 26 Road Sensing Suspension eeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Roadside SENICE oren oaeee a EE EES 7 6 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 34 Routing Engine Drive Belt a nns 6 16 Running Boards Power ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 17 Running the Engine While Parked 4 2 40 Safety Belt Reminder Light 3522505 a 3 35 Safety Belts Gare OF enn hrdhed dacs 5 101 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 34 Lap Belt nar teennaann iaaa 1 48 Lap Shoulder Belt ccsseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeen ees 1 42 Safety Belt Extender c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 49 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 48 Safety Belts Are for Everyone eeeeeeeee 1 29 Safety Warnings and Symbols ecceeeeeeeeeees iii Scheduled Maintenance cccceeeeeeeeeeeaeees 6 4 Seats 60 40 Split Bench Seat ccceeeeeeeeee eee 1 11 Bucket Seats Rear c cccccccaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 1 17 Center Seat cccccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeneeaes 1 10 Head Restraints ccccceccee eee eeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 1 9 Heated and Cooled Seats cccceeeeeee se
262. esight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your vehicle s engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect you
263. essary to turn off the DVD player when operating one of these devices in or near the vehicle Excludes the OnStar System 3 104 Cleaning the RSE Overhead Console When cleaning the RSE overhead console surface use only a clean cloth dampened with clean water Cleaning the Video Screen When cleaning the video screen use only a clean cloth dampened with clean water Use care when directly touching or cleaning the screen as damage can result Rear Seat Audio RSA This feature allows rear seat passengers to listen to and control any of the music sources radio CDs DVDs or other auxiliary sources The rear seat passengers can control the same music sources the front seat passengers are listening to dual control or a different source For example rear seat passengers can listen to and control a CD through the headphones while the driver listens to the radio through the speakers The rear seat passengers have control of the volume for each set of headphones You can operate the RSA functions even when the main radio is off The front audio system will display the headphone icon when the RSA is on and will disappear from the display when it is off Audio can be heard through wired headphones not included plugged into the jacks on the RSA If your vehicle has this feature audio can also be heard on Channel 2 of the wireless headphones The audio system allows the rear speakers to continue playing even when the RS
264. f damage caused by car washes and vandals If you choose to add an aftermarket cellular telephone to your vehicle and the antenna needs to be attached to the glass make sure you do not damage the grid lines for the AM FM antennas or place the cellular telephone antenna over the grid lines XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception If your vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the XM system may be affected if the sunroof is open Loading items onto the roof of your vehicle can interfere with the performance of the XM system Make sure the XM Satellite Radio antenna is not obstructed 3 109 4 NOTES 3 110 Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 Defensive Driving cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Drunk DIVIN essin a eese aaa DN ELLEN 4 2 Control of a Vehicle ssissssisssetorsresnaries nensis 4 3 Braking zesua ye Eee he este ER 4 3 Antilock Brake System ABS i a 4 4 Braking in Emergencies seeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 4 5 Locking Differential ee ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee ees 4 5 Road Sensing Suspension ecceeeeeeeeee tenes 4 6 StabiliTrak System cccccccccccccccececeeeeeeeeees 4 6 All Wheel Drive AWD System n 4 8 SES TING ss csiccncend Ry een radere Eia aE 4 9 Off Road Recovery
265. f what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For roof rail airbags deployment is determined by the location and severity of the side impact In a rollover event roof rail airbag deployment is determined by the direction of the roll What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with roof rail airbags there are airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows that have occupant seating positions How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually Roof rail airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant
266. f you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 5 101 Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve your vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on your vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that it should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on your vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on your vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 106 Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are
267. feature From the closed position press the rear of the passenger s side switch to vent the sunroof To stop the sunroof partway press the switch a second time To close the sunroof press and hold the front of the passenger s side switch To stop the sunroof partway release the switch Anti Pinch Feature If an object is in the path of the sunroof while it is closing the anti pinch feature will detect the object and stop the sunroof from closing at the point of the obstruction The sunroof will then open halfway and the air deflector will raise To close the sunroof once it has re opened refer to the Express Close or Manual Close functions described previously If the sunroof is in the vent position and there is an object in the path of the sunroof when it closing the anti pinch feature will detect the object and stop the sunroof To close the sunroof once it has re opened refer to the Manual Close or Express Close functions described previously 2 65 4 NOTES 2 66 Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview eee 3 4 Battery Run Down Protection o ae 3 23 Hazard Warning Flashers eeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 6 Accessory Power Outlet S c eeeeeeeeeee es 3 24 Other Warning Devices cceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 6 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 00 3 25 RIOT sede teamnbegiiet nnd heel cade N E EAEE EEEa 3 6 Analog GIOCK nis cse
268. fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly 1 48 Lap Belt This part is only for the lap belt To learn how to wear a lap shoulder belt see Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 42 You vehicle may have a center seating position When you sit in the center front seating position you have a lap safety belt which has no retractor To make the belt longer tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt Buckle position and release it the same way as the lap part of a lap shoulder belt To make the belt shorter pull its free end as shown until the belt is snug lf the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 49 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary If you find that the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle see if you are using the correct buckle Be sure that the latch plate clicks when inserted into the buckle Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit
269. fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in the Maintenance Schedule See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 5 20 How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too little fluid could cause the transmission to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid Before checking the fluid level prepare your vehicle as follows 1 Start the engine and park your vehicle on a level surface Keep the engine running 2 Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever in PARK P 3 With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear range pausing for about three seconds in each range Then move the shift lever back to PARK P 4 5 Allow the engine to idle 500 800 rpm for at least one minute Slowly release the brake pedal Keep the engine running and press the Trip Fuel button or trip odometer reset stem until TRANS TEMP Transmission Temperature displays on the Driver Information Center DIC Using the TRANS TEMP reading determine and perform the appropriate check procedure If the TRANS TEMP
270. forward at least 15 mph 25 km h take your vehicle to your dealer retailer 2 50 OnStar System Jl es OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock your keys in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions You may cancel your OnStar service at any time by contacting OnStar A complete OnStar Owner s Guide and the OnStar Terms and Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if your vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services For
271. g the inside of your windows When you enter a vehicle in cold weather press the fan up button to the maximum fan level before driving This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and moisture and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of your window Keep the air path under the front seats clear of objects This helps air to circulate throughout your vehicle Adding outside equipment to the front of your vehicle such as hood air deflectors may affect the performance of the heating and air conditioning system Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Rear Air Conditioning and Heating System and Electronic Climate Controls For vehicles with the rear heat and air conditioning controls they are integrated with the rear seat audio controls located in the center console The system can be controlled from the front controls as well as the rear controls To turn the system on press the AUX button on the front climate control system an indicator will be lit Pressing the AUX button the first time will turn the rear system on in a mimic mode In this mode the airflow in the rear will be approximately the same direction temperature and fan speed as the front Pressing the AUX button again turns the rear system and the indicator off If the rear controls are adjusted the system enters a rear independent mode Airflow in the rear will then be directed according to the settings of rear co
272. ge does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http Awww safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect
273. ge frontal airbags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a More severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs Your vehicle has a seat position sensor which enables the sensing system to monitor the position of the driver s seat The seat position sensor provides information that is used to determine if the airbags should deploy at a reduced level or at full deployment 1 82 Your vehicle has roof rail airbags See Airbag System on page 1 76 Roof rail airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes In addition these roof rail airbags are intended to inflate during a rollover or in a severe frontal impact Roof rail airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Roof rail airbags are not intended to inflate in rear impacts Both roof rail airbags will deploy when either side of the vehicle is struck or if the sensing system predicts that the vehicle is about to roll over or in a severe frontal impact In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because o
274. ged in a crash the aim of the headlamps may be affected and adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may mean the vertical aim of your headlamps needs to be adjusted It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your dealer retailer for service if the headlamps need to be adjusted It is possible however to re aim the headlamps as described 5 48 The vehicle should Be placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall or other flat surface Have all four tires on a level surface which is level all the way to the wall or other flat surface Be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall or other flat surface Not have any snow ice or mud on it Be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being performed Be normally loaded with a full tank of fuel and one person or 160 lbs 75 kg sitting on the driver seat Have the tires properly inflated Have the spare tire is in its proper location in the vehicle Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle s low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly To adjust the vertical aim 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information 2 Locate the center of the projector lens of the low beam headlamp 3 Record the distance from the ground to the center of the projector lens
275. gh lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole Use care not to overtighten the plug What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Rear Axle When to Check Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Have it inspected and repaired All axle assemblies are filled by volume of fluid during production They are not filled to reach a certain level When checking the fluid level on any axle variations in the readings can be caused by factory fill differences between the minimum and the maximum fluid volume Also if a vehicle has just been driven before checking the fluid level it may appear lower than normal because fluid has traveled out along the axle tubes and has not drained back to the sump area Therefore a reading taken five minutes after the vehicle has been driven will appear to have a lower fluid level than a vehicle that has been stationary for an hour or two Remember that the rear axle assembly must be supported to get a true reading 5 46 How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be on a level surface For Two Wheel Drive vehicles the proper level is from 0 6 inch to 1 6 inches 15 mm to 40 mm below the bottom of the filler plug hole l
276. gh the following settings OFF None of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER AT KEY OUT Only the driver s door will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition DRIVER IN PARK Only the driver s door will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P ALL AT KEY OUT All of the doors will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition ALL IN PARK default All of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC REMOTE DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when locking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter You will not receive feedback when locking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings OFF There will be no feedback when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter LIGHTS ONLY The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter HORN ONLY The horn will sound on the second p
277. ght and fully seated Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully installed on the coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 26 Engine Overheating You will find a coolant temperature gage on your vehicle s instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 42 In addition the messages ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE or ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED could appear in the Driver Information Center DIC on the instrument panel See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 53 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued If you keep driving when the vehicles engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 28
278. ght of additional optional It depends on how you plan to use your rig For equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle example speed altitude road grades outside must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull Use the following chart to determine how much a trailer are all important It can also depend on any your vehicle can weigh based upon your vehicle model special equipment that you have on your vehicle and options and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Vehicle Max Trailer Wt GCWR Escalade 2WD 6 2L 8 000 Ibs 3 629 kg 13 000 Ibs 5 897 kg Escalade AWD 6 2L 7 900 Ibs 3 583 kg 14 000 Ibs 6 350 kg Escalade ESV AWD 6 2L 7 900 Ibs 3 583 kg 14 000 Ibs 6 350 kg The Gross Combination Weight Rating GCWR is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers cargo equipment and conversions The GCWR for your vehicle should not be exceeded Ask your dealer retailer for our trailering information or advice or write us at our Customer Assistance Offices See Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 5 for more information 4 47 Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight
279. he bumper underneath the vehicle or if they are too close or far from the vehicle children pedestrians bicyclists or pets CAUTION Continued 2 48 CAUTION Continued If you do not use proper care before and while backing vehicle damage injury or death could occur Even with URPA always check behind your vehicle before backing up While backing be sure to look for objects and check your vehicle s mirrors On some vehicles this display is located near the passenger side rear window and can be seen by looking over your right shoulder If your vehicle has the display there are three color coded lights to provide distance and system information If your vehicle does not have the display and it has URPA you will hear the beeps as described in the following information How the System Works URPA comes on automatically when the shift lever is moved into REVERSE R The rear display will then briefly illuminate to let you know the system is working URPA operates only at speeds less than 5 mph 8 km h If you are above this speed the red light on the rear display will flash To be detected objects must be at least 10 inches 25 4 cm off the ground and below liftgate level Objects must also be within 8 feet 2 5 m from your rear bumper This distance may be less during warmer or humid weather A single beep will sound the first time an object is detected between 20 inches 0 5 m and 8 f
280. he compartment push the button on the front of the armrest and pull the top open Convenience Net To return the cover to the retracted position do the following Your vehicle may have a convenience net in the rear of 1 Pull up on the cover handle to release the cover the vehicle Store small loads as far forward as possible posts from the retaining sockets The net should not be used to store heavy loads 2 Let the cover move forward to the full retracted position To remove the cover from a regular wheelbase model do the following Cargo Cover ACAUTION An improperly stored cargo cover could be thrown about the vehicle during a collision or 1 Let the cover go all the way into the holder 2 Then grasping the driver s side cover end cap push the cover end cap toward the passenger s side of the vehicle sudden maneuver You or others could be 3 Swing the cover rearward and take it out of the injured If you remove the cover always store vehicle it in the proper storage location When you put To put the cover in the vehicle do the following it back always be sure that it is securely 1 Make sure the cover slot in the holder faces reattached rearward with the round surface facing down 2 Then hold the cover at an angle and place the cover end cap into the slot in the passenger s side trim panel 3 Move the other end of the cover forward and hold it next to the driver s side trim panel slot lf you
281. he front of the driver s side switch until the sunroof reaches the desired position The sunshade will open automatically with the sunroof but can also be opened manually The sunroof has a comfort stop feature which stops the sunroof from opening to the full open position From the comfort stop position press the rear of the driver s side switch a second time to open the sunroof to the full open position When the sunroof is opened an air deflector will automatically raise The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed Express Open Express Close To express open the sunroof fully press and release the rear of the driver s side switch The sunroof will open automatically To stop the sunroof partway press the switch a second time To express close the sunroof fully press and release the front of the driver s side switch The sunroof will close automatically To stop the sunroof partway press the switch a second time The sunshade will open automatically with the sunroof but can also be opened manually The sunroof has a comfort stop feature which stops the sunroof from opening to the full open position From the comfort stop position press the rear of the driver s side switch a second time to open the sunroof to the full open position When the sunroof is opened an air deflector will automatically raise The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed Vent The sunroof has an express vent open
282. he steering wheel to a comfortable position and release the lever to lock the wheel in place Heated Steering Wheel Your vehicle may have a heated steering wheel The button with this symbol is located on the left side of the steering 39 wheel S Press the button to turn the heated steering wheel on or off A light on the button will display when the feature is turned on The steering wheel will take about three minutes to start heating Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and Lane Change Signals on page 3 8 e 2D D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 9 e WY Windshield Wipers See Windshield Wipers on page 3 9 gt Windshield Washer See Windshield Washer on page 3 11 e U Rear Wiper Delay See Rear Window Wiper Washer on page 3 12 e Rear Wiper See Rear Window Wiper Washer on page 3 12 s QO Rear Wiper Wash See Rear Window Wiper Washer on page 3 12 Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically To signal a lane change raise or lower the lever for less than one second until the arrow starts
283. he top tether attachment B on the child lower attachments B restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor 1 62 Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint lf the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors ai Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Second Row 60 40 Second Row Bucket B Third Row Two Passenger Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors di Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors a Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors 1 63 ali Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with t
284. hick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment other than any that GM has approved for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 90 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 1 89 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 14 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified
285. hicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Service In the United States or Canada call 1 800 882 1112 Text Telephone TTY U S only call 1 888 889 2438 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year As the owner of a new Cadillac vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Cadillac Roadside Service program Who Is Covered Roadside Service coverage is for the vehicle operator regardless of ownership In Canada a person driving this vehicle without the consent of the owner is not eligible for coverage Cadillac Owner Privileges The following services are provided in the U S and Canada up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever occurs first and in Canada only up to a maximum coverage of 100 These services are provided at a nominal charge if the vehicle is no longer within the Powertrain warranty Roadside Service provides several Cadillac Owner Privileges at no charge throughout your Cadillac Powertrain Warranty 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km Emergency Road Service is performed on site for the following situations Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station approximately
286. hicle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger With roof rail airbags the word AIRBAG will appear along the headliner or trim 1 76 Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them ACAUTION Frontal airbags are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes Rollover capable roof rail airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle during a vehicle rollover or in a seve
287. hings to consider as you approach a hill Is there a constant incline or does the hill get sharply steeper in places Is there good traction on the hillside or will the surface cause tire slipping Is there a straight path up or down the hill so you will not have to make turning maneuvers Are there obstructions on the hill that can block your path such as boulders trees logs or ruts What is beyond the hill Is there a cliff an embankment a drop off a fence Get out and walk the hill if you do not know It is the smart way to find out Is the hill simply too rough Steep hills often have ruts gullies troughs and exposed rocks because they are more susceptible to the effects of erosion 4 18 Driving Uphill Once you decide you can safely drive up the hill you need to take some special steps Use a low gear and get a firm grip on the steering wheel Geta smooth start up the hill and try to maintain your speed Do not use more power than you need because you do not want the wheels to start spinning or sliding A CAUTION Turning or driving across steep hills can be dangerous You could lose traction slide sideways and possibly roll over You could be seriously injured or killed When driving up hills always try to go straight up Try to drive straight up the hill if at all possible If the path twists and turns you might want to find another route e Ease up on your speed as you
288. his helps to reduce the time it takes for your vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so you may sometimes notice a small amount of water dripping underneath your vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal If your vehicle has heated seats or heated and cooled seats see Heated Seats on page 1 4 or Heated and Cooled Seats on page 1 5 3 29 Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of the windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from your windshield Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly Use the mode up and down arrows to select the defog or defrost modes N Defog This mode directs air to the windshield floor outlets and side window vents When you select this mode the system turns off recirculation and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is close to freezing The recirculation mode cannot be selected while in the defog mode Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear Ww Defrost This mode directs a portion of the air to the windshield and side window vents and some to the flo
289. hlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you should use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 14 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 90 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 6 17 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer
290. hould be positioned on the right ear Notice Do not store the headphones in heat or direct sunlight This could damage the headphones and repairs will not be covered by your warranty Storage in extreme cold can weaken the batteries Keep the headphones stored in a cool dry place lf the foam ear pads attached to the headphones become worn or damaged the pads can be replaced separately from the headphone set See your dealer retailer for more information Battery Replacement To change the batteries on the headphones do the following 1 Turn the screw to loosen the battery door located on the left side of the headphones Slide the battery door open 2 Replace the two batteries in the compartment Make sure that they are installed correctly using the diagram on the inside of the battery compartment 3 Replace the battery door and tighten the door screw lf the headphones are to be stored for a long period of time remove the batteries and keep them in a cool dry place Audio Video A V Jacks The A V jacks are located on the rear of the floor console The A V jacks allow audio or video signals to be connected from an auxiliary device such as a camcorder or a video game unit to the RSE system Adapter connectors or cables not included may be required to connect the auxiliary device to the A V jacks Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for proper usage The A V jacks are color coded to match typical home
291. hurt Read and the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks follow the instructions listed next or feel it skip twice You cannot overtighten the cable 3 Loosen the cable by turning the wrench counterclockwise three or four turns 4 Repeat this procedure at least two times If the spare tire lowers to the ground continue with Step 5 of Removing the Spare Tire and Tools on page 5 80 5 90 5 If the spare does not lower turn the wrench counterclockwise until approximately 6 inches 15 cm of cable is exposed 6 Stand the wheel blocks on their shortest ends with the backs facing each other 7 Place the bottom edge of the jack A on the wheel blocks B separating them so that the jack is balanced securely 8 Attach the jack handle extension and wheel wrench to the jack and place it with the wheel blocks under the vehicle toward the front of the rear bumper 5 91 9 Position the center lift point of the jack under the center of the spare tire 10 Turn the wrench clockwise to raise the jack until it lifts the end fitting 11 Continue raising the jack until the spare tire stops moving upward and is held firmly in place The secondary latch has released and the spare tire is balancing on the jack 5 92 12 Lower the jack by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise Keep lowering the jack until the spare tire slides off the jack or is hanging by the cable A CAUTION Someone stand
292. ical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 76 This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds The light should go out and the system is ready oe rl If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away ACAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you start the engine If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately If there is a problem with the airbag system an airbag Driver Information Center DIC message may also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 53 for more information Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your vehicle has the passenger sensing system Your overhead con
293. icle as well You may add 300 Ibs 136 kg to the front axle weight and 400 Ibs 181 kg to the rear axle weight Your vehicle now weighs 2 800 Ibs 1270kg 2 700 Ibs 1225kg 300 Ibs 136 kg Front 400 Ibs 181 kg Rear 6 200 Ibs 2812 kg Total Weight is still below 7 200 lbs 3 266 kg and you may think that you should subtract 700 additional pounds 318 kg from your trailering capacity to stay within GCWR limits Your maximum trailer would only be 7 800 Ibs 3 538 kg You may go further and think you must limit tongue weight to less than 1 000 Ibs 454 kg to avoid exceeding GVWR But you must still consider the effect on the rear axle Because your rear axle now weighs 3 100 Ibs 1 406 kg you can only put 900 Ibs 408 kg on the rear axle without exceeding RGAWR The effect of tongue weight is about 1 5 times the actual weight Dividing the 900 Ibs 408 kg by 1 5 leaves you with being able to handle only 600 Ibs 272 kg of tongue weight Since tongue weight is usually at least 10 percent of total loaded trailer weight you can expect that the largest trailer your vehicle can properly handle is 6 000 Ibs 2 721 kg 4 49 It is important that you make sure your vehicle does not exceed any of its ratings GCWR GVWR RGAWPR Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight The only way to be sure you are not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh your vehicle and trailer Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires B
294. icles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information 4 NOTES 7 18 A Accessories and Modifications ssssseeeeeree 5 3 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped MAE al 19 TERRE ERE Eee ears 1 90 Additives Fuel ai asernes heel eres 5 6 Add On Electrical Equipment se 5 108 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal 2 28 Air Cleaner Filter Engine eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 17 Ait GoOmditioniing sti ences aese 3 26 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator 2 3 37 Readiness Light ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeees 3 36 Airbag SYSTEM spiesen errori iie ss 1 76 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 84 When Should an Airbag Inflate 6 1 81 Where Are the Airbags eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 78 Airbag Systems Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped VGNIGCIG ener a reen 1 90 How Does an Airbag Restrain 1 83 Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeeeees 1 85 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 90 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 8 1 83 All Wheel Drive
295. iding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 35 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot 1 29 Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels 1 30 Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider The person keeps going until stopped by something In does not stop a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel 1 32 or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehi
296. if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn this light and message off TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE This message displays when the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is re learning the tire positions on your vehicle The tire positions must be re learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 69 Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 64 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 for more information TRACTION CONTROL OFF If your vehicle has StabiliTrak this message displays when the Traction Control System TCS is turned off Adjust your driving accordingly See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 for more information 3 60 TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the transmission fluid is overheating and the transmission temperature warning is displayed on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC you can damage the transmission This could lead to costly repairs that would not be covered by your warranty Do not drive your vehicle with overheated transmission fluid or while the transmission temperature warning is displayed This message displays along with a continuous chime if the transmission fluid in the vehicle gets hot Driving with the transmission fluid temperature high can
297. ifications on page 5 115 for your vehicle s engine code Service Parts Identification Label This label is on the inside of the glove box It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The label has the following information Vehicle Identification Number VIN Model designation Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle 5 107 Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain your vehicle s battery even if your vehicle is not operating Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 90 Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed 5 108 Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other power accessories If the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and then c
298. ing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position ACAUTION A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured or killed by the frontal airbags if they inflate Never secure a child restraint in the center front seat It is always better to secure a child restraint in a rear seat Do not use child restraints in the center front seat position 1 71 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 60 In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 85 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 37 for more information on this including important safety information A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 72 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the s
299. ing the environment Always use established trails roads and areas that have been specially set aside for public off road recreational driving obey all posted regulations Avoid any driving practice that could damage the environment shrubs flowers trees grasses or disturb wildlife This includes wheel spinning breaking down trees or unnecessary driving through streams or over soft ground Always carry a litter bag make sure all refuse is removed from any campsite before leaving Take extreme care with open fires where permitted camp stoves and lanterns Never park your vehicle over dry grass or other combustible materials that could catch fire from the heat of the vehicle s exhaust system Traveling to Remote Areas It makes sense to plan your trip especially when going to a remote area Know the terrain and plan your route You are much less likely to get bad surprises Get accurate maps of trails and terrain Try to learn of any blocked or closed roads It is also a good idea to travel with at least one other vehicle If something happens to one of them the other can help quickly Getting Familiar with Off Road Driving It is a good idea to practice in an area that is safe and close to home before you go into the wilderness Off road driving does require some new and different driving skills Here is what we mean Tune your senses to different kinds of signals Your eyes for example ne
300. ing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 37 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 73 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of Make sure the release button is positioned so you the retractor to set the lock would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 1 74 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure lf the airbag is off the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off
301. ing too close during the procedure could be injured by the jack If the spare tire does not slide off the jack completely make sure no one is behind you or on either side of you as you pull the jack out from under the spare 13 Disconnect the jack handle from the jack and carefully remove the jack Use one hand to push against the spare while firmly pulling the jack out from under the spare tire with the other hand If the spare tire is hanging from the cable insert the 15 Turn the wheel wrench in the hoist shaft hole in the hoist end of extension and wheel wrench into the bumper clockwise to raise the cable back up if the hoist shaft hole in the bumper and turn the wheel cable is hanging under the vehicle sities counterclockwise to lower the spare the rest Have the hoist assembly inspected as soon as you can ONME wae You will not be able to store a spare or flat tire using the hoist assembly until it has been replaced To continue changing the flat tire see Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire on page 5 85 14 Tilt the tire retainer at the end of the cable and pull it through the wheel opening Pull the tire out from under the vehicle 5 93 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle in the spare tire carrier and Tools A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision
302. interior lamps come on when the key is removed from the ignition They turn off automatically in 20 seconds The lights do not come on if the dome override button is pressed in Reading Lamps If your vehicle has reading lamps press the button located next to the lamp to turn it on or off Your vehicle may also have reading lamps in other locations To turn each one on or off press the button located next to the lamp The lamps cannot be adjusted Electric Power Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM that estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly put the charge back in When the state of charge is high the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage or a voltage display on the Driver Information Center DIC you may see the voltage move up or down This is normal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads A high electrical load occurs when several of the following loads are on headlamps high beams fog lamps
303. ion AUTOSTORE PRESETS To set the preset stations automatically perform the following steps 1 2 3 Turn the radio on Press BAND to select AM FM1 or FM2 Press the tune select knob to enter the main menu Turn this knob until AUTOSTORE PRESETS displays Press this knob again to select AUTOSTORE displays The radio automatically searches the band and selects and stores the six radio stations with the strongest signal The stations are stored by signal strength not sequential order The set preset station number displays above the pushbutton that is set Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the display to time out When battery power is removed and later applied the radio presets do not have to be reset This function does not work with XM PRESETS HOME AWAY This feature enables the radio to store two different kinds of station presets HOME can be used for local stations and AWAY can be for stations available outside of the local broadcast area To set preset stations for home and away perform the following steps R 2 Press the knob to enter the main menu Turn this knob until PRESETS HOME AWAY displays Press this knob again to select HOME or AWAY displays Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the dis
304. ion these conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off lf none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle Your dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced the battery or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take several days of
305. ire Pressure on page 5 62 Your vehicle s TPMS can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 69 and Tires on page 5 56 Notice Liquid tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors Sensor damage caused by using a tire sealant is not covered by your warranty Do not use liquid tire sealants TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle A DIC warning message is also displayed The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause the malfunction light and DIC message to come on are One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor The TPMS malfunction light and DIC message should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor The TPMS sensor matching process was started but not completed or not completed successfully after rotating the vehicle s tires The DIC message and TPMS malfunction light should go off once the TPMS sensor matching process is performed successfully See TPMS Sensor Matchi
306. ire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 74 5 57 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 Tire Size The following examples show the different parts of a tire size P245 75R16 109S TREL B Passenger P Metric Tire A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association 5 58 B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 75 as shown in item C of the light truck LT Metric tire il
307. ires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 69 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 35 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your dealer retailer for service Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check Control System Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn A CAUTION the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position The ignition should turn to LOCK OFF only when the shift lever is in PARK P The ignition key shoul ly i Whe
308. ires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining Some commercial truck tires may not have treadwear indicators You need new tires if any of the following statements are true You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric The tire has a bump bulge or split The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more information 5 71 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating Thi
309. is attached to the center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The tire and loading information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D 4 36 For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 56 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification Tire label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axles See Certification Tire Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load ca
310. isplay No Folder When the CD contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions not function on a CD that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When the CD contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons search playlists Px first and then go to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT Order of Play Tracks are played in the following order Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist lf the CD does not contain any playlists play begins from the first track under the root directory When all tracks from the root directory have played play continues from files according to their numerical listing After playing the last track from the last folder play begins again at the first track of the first folder or root directory When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless you have chosen the folder mode as the default display The new track name displays File System and Naming The song name that display
311. isplays if a CD is loaded If a CD is not loaded the display changes to the next available source either DVD AUX if your vehicle has this feature or radio A Eject Press this button to eject a CD Eject can be activated with the ignition and the radio off If the CD is not removed after a short time the CD pulls back into the CD player for storage 3 93 XM Radio Messages XL Explicit Language Channels These channels or any others can be blocked at a customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No Signi The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XMTM signal When the vehicle is moved into an open area the signal should return Loading The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Off Air This channel is not currently in service Tune in to another channel CH Unavl This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Info No artist song title category or text information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly 3 94 No Info No text or informational messages are available at
312. ith worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes 5 38 Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 5 115 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time you make a brake stop the disc brakes adjust for wear Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When you replace parts of the braking system for example when the brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved replacement parts If you do not the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes
313. ition on and place the vehicle in PARK P To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off 2 Press the customization button to scroll through the available customizable options Feature Settings Menu Items The following are customization features that allow you to program settings to the vehicle DISPLAY IN ENGLISH This feature will only display if a language other than English has been set This feature allows you to change the language in which the DIC messages appear to English Press the customization button until the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN ENGLISH screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to display all DIC messages in English 3 61 DISPLAY LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC messages will appear Press the customization button until the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings ENGLISH default All messages will appear in English DEUTSCH All messages will appear in German ITALIANO All messages will appear in Italian FRANCAIS All messages will appear in French ESPANOL All messages will appear in Spanish ARABIC All messages will appear in Arabic CHINESE All messages will appear in Chinese NO CHANGE No change will be made to this f
314. ke or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 This light comes on as a check to show it is working when the ignition is turned ON RUN but the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light also comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required 3 43 If the Light is Flashing The following can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed Avoid hard accelerations e Avoid steep uphill grades If you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is s
315. king traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to
316. ks or feel it skip twice You cannot overtighten the cable 5 96 Make sure the tire is stored securely Push pull A and then try to turn B the tire If the tire moves use the wheel wrench to tighten the cable Reinstall the spare tire lock Reinstall the hoist shaft access cover Reinstall the hitch cover To store the tools 3 Position the jack E and wheel blocks A in the driver s side trim panel over the wheelhouse 4 Turn the wing nut G clockwise until the jack is secured tight in the mounting bracket Be sure to position the holes in the base of the jack onto the pin in the mounting bracket 5 Use the retaining bracket C to fasten the tool bag B on the stud and turn the wing nut D clockwise to secure A Wheel Blocks E Jack B Tool Bag with F Wing Nut Retaining Jack Tools Wheel Blocks C Retaining Bracket G Wing Nut on Jack D Wing Nut Retaining Tool Bag 1 Return the tools wheel wrench jack handle and jack handle extensions to the tool bag B Regular Wheelbase shown 2 Assemble wheel blocks A and jack E together Extended Wheelbase similar withthe wing NURME 6 Return the storage tray to its original stored position 5 97 Spare Tire Your vehicle when new had a fully inflated spare tire A spare tire may lose air over time so check its inflation pressure regularly See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 for information reg
317. l If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt Remember Any Antilock Brake System ABS helps avoid only the braking skid Off Road Driving This off road guide is for vehicles that have all wheel drive If your vehicle does not have all wheel drive or if it has 20 inch tire wheel assemblies you should not drive off road unless you are on a level solid surface See Tires on page 5 56 Many of the same design features that help make your vehicle responsive on paved roads d
318. l will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss change the oil and reset the oil life system See Engine Oil on page 5 14 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what aN CAUTION you will see An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface Check the coolant level after the system cools down Some amount of coolant may be lost due to overheating A Coolant Surge Tank B Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap C Engine Cooling Fan A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle The coolant level should be at or above the FULL COLD mark If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system 5 30 Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty See Overheated Engi
319. lay the correct heading and the compass zone variance is set correctly In order to calibrate CAL must be displayed in the mirror compass windows If CAL is not displayed push the on off button for approximately 12 seconds or until CAL is displayed The compass can be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads a direction Cleaning the Mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors If your vehicle is equipped with outside power foldaway mirrors the controls are located on the driver s door armrest Press A to select the driver s side mirror Then press the arrows located on the four way control pad to adjust the mirror Press A again to deselect the mirror Press B to select the passenger s side mirror Then press the arrows located on the four way control pad to adjust the mirror Press B again to deselect the mirror 2 45 Press C to fold the mirrors out to the driving position Press D to fold the mirrors in to the folded position If the mirrors are accidentally folded unfolded manually they may shake or flutter at normal driving speeds and may not stay in the unfolded position If this happens you will need to reset the mirrors S
320. laying a DVD Press while a DVD is playing to pause it Press again to continue playing the DVD When the DVD is playing depending on the radio you might be able to do slow play by pressing the play pause button then pressing the fast forward button The DVD continues playing in a slow play mode You can also depending on the radio perform reverse slow play by pressing the play pause button and then pressing the fast reverse button To cancel slow play mode press the play pause button ed Previous Track Chapter Press to return to the start of the current track or chapter Press again to go to the previous track or chapter This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews gt Next Track Chapter Press to go to the beginning of the next chapter or track This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews lt A Fast Reverse Press to fast reverse the DVD or CD To stop fast reversing a DVD video press the play pause button To stop fast reversing a DVD audio or CD release the fast reverse button This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews pp Fast Forward Press to fast forward the DVD or CD To stop fast forwarding a DVD video press the play pause button To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio or CD release the fast forward button This button might not work when the DVD is playing the
321. lays on page 3 49 Tachometer Your tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Safety Belt Reminders Safety Belt Reminder Light When the engine is started a chime will come on for several seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts unless the drivers safety belt is already buckled LZ This chime and light is repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver s belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more 3 35 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the engine is started a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 85 for more information The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel will come on and stay on for several seconds and then flash for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and 27 the vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on 3 36 Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electr
322. le When FIFTH 5 is selected FIRST 1 through FIFTH 5 gears are automatically shifted by the vehicle but SIXTH 6 cannot be used until the plus minus button located on the steering column lever is used to change to the gear Grade Braking is not available when the Driver Shift Control is active See Tow Haul Mode on page 2 34 for more information While using the DSC cruise control and the tow haul mode can be used 2 33 Tow Haul Mode Your vehicle has a tow haul mode The tow haul mode adjusts the transmission shift pattern to reduce shift cycling providing increased performance vehicle control and transmission cooling when towing or hauling heavy loads Press the button located on the end of the shift lever to turn the tow haul on or off When the tow haul is on a light on the instrument panel cluster will come on See Tow Haul Mode Light on page 3 47 for more information 2 34 Also see Tow Haul Mode under Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 for more information The tow haul mode works with the Autoride feature if the vehicle has this to enhance the ride when trailering or with a loaded vehicle See Autoride on page 4 43 Grade Braking Grade Braking assists when driving on a downhill grade It maintains the vehicle s speed by automatically implementing a shift schedule that uses the engine and the transmission to slow the vehicle This reduces wear on the brakes system and increases control
323. ll not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 85 for more on this including important safety information lf after several seconds both status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service ACAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 36 for more on this including important safety information Charging System Light This light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition but the engine is not running as a check to show you it is working It should go out once the engine is running If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the charging system A charging system Driver Information C
324. lle Push the secondary hood release to the right 4 Lift the hood Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then bring the hood from full open to within 6 inches 152 mm from the closed position pause then push the front center of the hood with a swift firm motion to fully close the hood Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 6 2L engine this is what you will see ZL al A ga a f a i RE 2 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 Air Filter Restriction Indicator If Equipped See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 29 and Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap on page 5 26 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 40 Battery See Battery on page 5 39 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 14 Automatic Transmission Dipstick Out of View See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 5 20 Remote Negative Terminal GND Out of View See Jump Starting on page 5 40 Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 14 Engine Cooling Fan Out of View See Cooling System on page 5 29 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Out of View See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 34 Brake Mas
325. lly folds the seatback flat and tumbles the seat forward There will be a slight delay between the folding of the seatback and the tumbling of the seat Returning the Seat s to the Sitting Position To return the seat to the sitting position do the following 1 Pull the seat down until it latches to the floor The seatback cannot be raised if the seat is not latched to the floor A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 2 Lift the seatback and push it rearward Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked A CAUTION A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted 3 Make sure that the safety belt in the center seating position is not caught between the two seats and is not twisted Folding and Tumbling the Second Row Seat s from the Third Row Seats or Outside A CAUTION Using the third row seating position while the second row is folded or folded and tumbled could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position
326. loses after a cool down period protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses circuit breakers and fusible thermal links This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and don t have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can Instrument Panel Fuse Block The instrument panel fuse block access door is located on the driver side edge of the instrument panel Fuses Usage e Driver Side Tum Signal Stoplamp a Passenger Side Tur Signal Stoplamp Co iee Home Remote System Stoplamps Center High Mounted Stoplamp 20 Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist Power Liftgate 5 109 Fuses Usage Center Instrument Panel Fuse Block Power Door Lock 1 Lock Feature The center instrument panel fuse block is located Driver Information Genter DIC underneath the instrument panel to the left of the steering column 24 n
327. low this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your warning lights and gages They are a big help Your vehicle also has a Driver Information Center DIC that works along with the warning lights and gages See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 48 3 33 Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going about how much fuel you have and many other things you will need to know to drive safely and economically 2 BRAKE O United States version shown Canada similar 3 34 Speedometer and Odometer Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h Your vehicle s odometer works together with the driver information center You can set a Trip odometer See Trip Odometer under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 49 for more information The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running Simply press the trip stem on the instrument panel cluster If your vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one will be set to the correct mileage total of the old odometer Trip Odometer The trip odometer can tell you how far your vehicle has been driven since you last set the trip odometer to zero For more information see Trip Odometer under D C Operation and Disp
328. lp maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your GM dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in
329. ls 5 94 Tire Sidewall Labeling ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 57 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 59 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 2 5 74 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 75 Wheel Replacement c eeeeeeeeeenee teeta es 5 76 When It Is Time for New Tires 008 5 71 Tow Haul Mod cc i2ncckesc die tcaeandcneeenceeneet ovine 2 34 Tow Haul Mode Light c eceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee 3 47 Towing Recreational Vehicle eceeeeeeeeeereeeee 4 42 Towing a Traller wiss citesseciceenesieeyezenceieeeeaciiee 4 44 YOUR VONIGIG epini a rE 4 41 Traction Locking Differential ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 5 Road Sensing Suspension ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 StabiliTrak System 0ccccccccceeeesneeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Trailer Recommendations ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eens 4 57 Transmission Fluid AUTOMATIC iss icivtinsicbiccasa cadadaws code neds eeiane 5 20 Transmission Operation Automatic 05 2 30 Trip Odometer 22352223 perkere sene enden badede 3 35 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 eeeee 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever u dseeeeeerene 3 7 Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA 2 48 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ccceeeeeeeeee ee 5 74 Universal Home Remote System 0 eee 2 53 Operation 2 00 00 cc ceeee eee eee cece eee eee
330. ls only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage lf the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be correc
331. lustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 75 as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description The service description indicates the load range and speed rating of a tire The load index can range from 1 to 279 Speed ratings range from A to Z Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tir
332. ly be affected when the light sensor detects a change in lighting lasting longer than the delay lf the vehicle is started in a dark garage the automatic headlamp system will come on immediately Once the vehicle leaves the garage it takes approximately one minute for the automatic headlamp system to change to DRL if it is bright enough outside During that delay the instrument panel cluster may not be as bright as usual Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 21 To idle the vehicle with the automatic headlamp system off turn the control to the off position The headlamps will also stay on after you exit the vehicle This feature can be programmed using the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 The regular headlamp system can be turned on when needed Fog Lamps 30 Fog Lamps If your vehicle has fog lamps the control is located next to the exterior lamps control on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column The ignition must be in the ON RUN position for the fog lamps to come on Press the button to turn the fog lamps on or off A light will come on in the instrument panel cluster When the fog lamps are turned on the headlamps automatically turn on When the headlamps are changed to high beam the fog lamps also go off When the high beam headlamps go off the fog lamps will co
333. ly the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Service on page 7 6 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially
334. mation can be state or provincial police Consider using a sway control See Hitches later in this section Don t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles 800 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer don t drive over 50 mph 80 km h and don t make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads You can tow in DRIVE D You may want to shift the transmission to THIRD 3 or if necessary a lower gear selection if the transmission shifts too often e g under heavy loads and or hilly conditions See Tow Haul Mode next Three important considerations have to do with weight the weight of the trailer e the weight of the trailer tongue and the weight on your vehicle s tires Tow Haul Mode Tow haul is designed to assist while your vehicle is pulling a large or heavy load or trailer Tow haul is most useful while pulling such a load in rolling terrain in stop and go traffic or when you need improved low speed control such as when parking The purpose of the tow haul mode is to do the following Reduce the frequency and improve the predictability of transmission shifts when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load Provide the same solid shift feel when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load as when
335. me on again Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Instrument Panel Brightness CE Instrument Panel Brightness This feature controls the brightness of the instrument panel lights and is located next to the exterior lamp control Push the knob to extend out and then it can be turned Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights Turning the knob to the farthest clockwise position turns on the dome lamps 3 21 Dome Lamps The dome lamps come on when any door is opened They turn off after all the doors are closed The dome lamps can also be turned on by turning the instrument panel brightness knob located next to the exterior lamps control clockwise to the farthest position In this position the dome lamps remain on whether a door is opened or closed Dome Lamp Override The dome lamp override button is located next to the exterior lamps control wo Dome Off Press the button in and the dome lamps remain off when a door is opened Press the button again to return it to the extended position so that the dome lamps come on when a door is opened 3 22 Entry Lighting Your vehicle has an illuminated entry feature When the doors are opened the dome lamps will come on if the dome override button is in the extended position If the dome override button is pressed in the lamps will not come on Exit Lighting The
336. ment system you should normally leave StabiliTrak on However you should turn StabiliTrak off if your vehicle gets stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock your vehicle to attempt to free it or if you are driving in extreme off road conditions and require more wheel spin See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 33 To turn the StabiliTrak system on or off see StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 There are several conditions that can cause this message to appear One condition is overheating which could occur if StabiliTrak activates continuously for an extended period of time The message also displays if the brake system warning light is on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 40 The message could display if the stability system takes longer than usual to complete its diagnostic checks due to driving conditions The message displays if an engine or vehicle related problem has been detected and the vehicle needs service See your dealer retailer The message turns off as soon as the conditions that caused the message to be displayed are no longer present 3 59 TIGHTEN GAS CAP This message may display along with the check engine light on the instrument panel cluster if the vehicle s fuel cap is not tightened properly See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 43 Reinstall the fuel cap fully See Filling the Tank on page 5 7 The diagnostic system can determine
337. mitter until the liftgate starts moving Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Pressing the liftgate button on the overhead console Pressing the touchpad switch on the outside liftgate handle Pressing the buttons or touchpad switch a second time while the liftgate is moving reverses the direction CZ The liftgate can also be closed by pressing the power liftgate button next to the liftgate latch Press the button a second time during liftgate operation to reverse that operation The power liftgate may be temporarily disabled under extreme temperatures or under low battery conditions If this occurs the liftgate can still be operated manually If you shift the transmission out of PARK P while the power function is in progress the liftgate power function will continue to completion If you shift the transmission out of PARK P and accelerate before the power liftgate latches closed the liftgate may reverse to the open position Cargo could fall out of the vehicle Always make sure the power liftgate is closed and latched before you drive away If you power open the liftgate and the liftgate support struts have lost pressure the lights will flash and a chime will sound The liftgate will stay open temporarily then slowly close See your dealer retailer for service before using the liftgate Obstacle Detection Features If the liftgate encounters an obstacle during a power o
338. mitter with the remote start button provides an increased range of operation However the range may be less while the vehicle is running As a result you may need to be closer to your vehicle to turn it off than you were to turn it on There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter see Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 4 for additional information Q Remote Start This button will be on the RKE transmitter if you have remote start To start the vehicle using the remote start feature 1 Aim the transmitter at the vehicle 2 Press and release the transmitter s lock button The vehicle s doors will lock Immediately press and hold the transmitter s remote start button until the turn signal lights flash If you cannot see the vehicle s lights press and hold the remote start button for two to four seconds Pressing the remote start button again after the vehicle has started will turn the engine off When the vehicle starts the parking lamps will turn on and remain on while the vehicle is running If the vehicle is left running it will automatically shut off after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done 3 If itis the first remote start since the vehicle has been driven repeat these steps while the engine is still running to extend the engine running time by 10 minutes Remote start can be extended one time After entering the vehicle during a remote start insert
339. n this is normal and the DVD continues to play through the previous audio source Use the remote control power button or eject the disc to turn off the screen The overhead console contains the IR transmitters for the wireless headphones and the IR receivers for the remote control They are located at the rear of the console Notice Avoid directly touching the video screen as damage may occur See Cleaning the Video Screen later in this section for more information Remote Control To use the remote control aim it at the transmitter window at the rear of the overhead console and press the desired button Direct sunlight or very bright light can affect the ability of the RSE transmitter to receive signals from the remote control If the remote control does not seem to be working the batteries may need to be replaced See Battery Replacement later in this section Objects blocking the line of sight can also affect the function of the remote control If a CD or DVD is in the Radio DVD slot the remote control power button can be used to turn on the video screen display and start the disc The radio can also turn on the video screen display See Radio s on page 3 72 for more information Notice Storing the remote control in a hot area or in direct sunlight can damage it and the repairs will not be covered by your warranty Storage in extreme cold can weaken the batteries Keep the remote control stored in a cool dr
340. n 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners General Motors Participation in the Mediation Arbitration Program In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after the following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge mediation Arbitration program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision
341. n a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack the wheel nuts Do not remove the wheel nuts yet A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle 4 Position the jack under the vehicle as shown Front Position Front Tire Flat If the flat tire is on a front tire of the vehicle you will need to use the jack handle and only one jack handle extension Attach the wheel wrench to the jack handle extension Attach the jack handle to the jack A Position the jack on the frame behind the flat tire where the frame sections overlap Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground 5 86 Rear Position Rear Tire Flat If the flat tire is on a rear tire of the vehicle you will need to use the jack handle B and both jack handle extensions C Attach the wheel wrench D to the jack handle extensions C Attach the jack handle B to the jack A Use the jacking pad provided on the rear axle Turn the wheel wrench D clockwise to raise the vehicle Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground 6 Take off the flat tire 5 Remov
342. n wheels can spin more freely This can cause the brake traction control to activate constantly Notice If you allow the wheel s of one axle to spin excessively while the StabiliTrak ABS and brake warning lights and the SERVICE STABILITRAK message are displayed you could damage the transfer case The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel s excessively while these lights and this message are displayed The traction control system may activate on dry or rough roads or under conditions such as heavy acceleration while turning or abrupt upshifts downshifts of the transmission When this happens you may notice a reduction in acceleration or may hear a noise or vibration This is normal If your vehicle is in cruise control when the system activates the StabiliTrak light will flash and the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to use cruise again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 3 13 StabiliTrak may also turn off automatically if it determines that a problem exists with the system If the problem does not clear itself after restarting the vehicle you should see your dealer retailer for service All Wheel Drive AWD System If your vehicle is equipped with this feature engine power is sent to all four wheels when extra traction is needed This is like four wheel drive but there is no separate lever or
343. n you are doing this inspection the U DSA ASSR come QUE amy iA a i LOCK OFF vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle ere me i moves you or others could be injured Contact your dealer retailer if service is required 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 35 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your dealer retailer for service Parking Brake and Automatic Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing Transmission Park P Mechanism Check downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake To check the parking brake s holding ability AN CAUTION With the engine running and transmission in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle When you are doing this check your vehicle is held by the parking brake only could begin to move You or others could be g To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake injured and property co
344. nation with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service to a destination up to 10 miles 16 km from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warranty repair If you obtain a rental vehicle on your own please see your dealer for the maximum number of days allowed and the allowance per rental day Rental reimbursement must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are respon
345. nd storage bin if the seat is a two passenger seat 3 Fold the seatbacks forward using the instructions previously listed under Folding the Seatbacks You will not be able to unlatch the seat from the floor unless the seatback is folded down 4 Unlatch the seat from the floor by lifting the lever located next to the carrying handle on the rear of the seat near the bottom 1 26 5 Lift the rear of the seat up from the floor 6 Tilt the seat fully forward to lock it into place 7 Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked Put the seat in this position only when necessary for additional cargo space Returning the Third Row Seat from a Tumbled Position To return the seat to the normal seating position do the following 1 Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat 2 Make sure there is nothing that could become trapped under the seat 3 Release the seat from the tumbled position by lifting the lever located next to the carrying handle at the bottom rear of the seat 4 Pull the seat down until it latches to the floor The Removing the Third Row Seat seatback cannot be raised if the seat is not latched To remove the seat do the following to the floor 5 Pull up on the seatback until it locks into the upright 1 Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat position 2 Fold the seatback forward using the instructions listed under Folding the Seatbacks previously The se
346. nd ventilation in your vehicle Your vehicle also has a flow through ventilation system described later in this section Climate Control with Cooled and Heated Seats shown You can select different climate control settings for the driver and passengers 3 26 Driver s Side Temperature Knob The driver s side knob is used to adjust the temperature of the air coming through the system on the driver s side The temperature can be adjusted even if the system is turned off This is possible since outside air will always flow through the system as the vehicle is moving forward unless it is set to recirculation mode See Recirculation later in this section Turn the knob counterclockwise or clockwise to lower or increase the cabin temperature The display will show the temperature setting decreasing or increasing Passenger s Side Temperature Knob The passenger s side knob can be used to change the temperature of the air coming through the system on the passenger s side of the vehicle The temperature can be adjusted even if the system is turned off This is possible since outside air will always flow through the system as the vehicle is moving forward unless it is set to recirculation mode See Recirculation later in this section Turn the knob counterclockwise or clockwise to lower or increase the cabin temperature The display will show the temperature setting decreasing or increasing Set the passenger s temperatu
347. ne Protection Operating Mode on page 5 28 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank lf you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the surge tank If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD mark add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for more information lf no coolant is visible in the surge tank add coolant as follows ACAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the radiator pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the radiator pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap ACAUTION Adding only plain water to th
348. ng Process later in this section One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The DIC message and the TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service Replacement tires or wheels do not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 5 72 Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message comes on and stays on 5 67 TPMS Sensor Matching Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you rotate your vehicle s tires or replace one or more of the TPMS sensors the identification codes will need to be matched to the new tire wheel position The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer retailer for service The TPMS sensors can also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decrea
349. ng electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty 2 27 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal Your vehicle has an adjustable throttle and brake pedal that lets you change their positions This feature is designed for shorter drivers since the pedals can not move farther away from the standard position but can move toward the driver for better pedal reach The feature will not operate when the vehicle is in REVERSE R or while using the cruise control aS gt The switch used to adjust the pedals is located on the center console below the climate control system Press the right and left arrows to move the pedals either closer or further from your body 2 28 Before you start driving fully press the brake pedal to confirm the adjustment is right for you While driving make only small adjustments Your vehicle has a memory function which allows the pedals to be saved and recalled See Memory Seat Mirrors and Pedals on page 1 6 for more information Engine Coolant Heater The engine coolant heater if available can help in cold weather conditions at or below 0 F 18 C for easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Plug in the coolant heater at least four hours before starting your vehicle An internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord may exist which will preve
350. ngle tether raise the headrest or head restraint and route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 67 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 61 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say
351. ning it counterclockwise A Jack D Jack Handle 3 Turn the knob A on the jack counterclockwise to B Wheel Blocks Extensions release the jack and wheel blocks from the bracket C Jack Handle E Wheel Wrench 4 Remove the wheel blocks and the wheel block retainer by turning the wing nut C counterclockwise 5 81 To access the spare tire Remove it by turning the two fasteners located at the bottom of the cover counterclockwise and then pull the cover down and rotate towards you A Hoist Assembly G Tire Wheel Retainer B Hoist Shaft H Spare Tire Valve Stem C Hoist Shaft Access Pointed Down 2 Open the hoist shaft access cover C on the Cover Hole I Hoist Shaft Access Hole bumper to access the spare tire lock K D Jack Handle J Hoist End of 3 To remove the spare tire lock insert the ignition key Extensions Extension Tool turn it clockwise and then pull it E Wheel Wrench K Spare Tire Lock F Hoist Cable 1 To reach the hoist shaft access cover C you will first need to remove the hitch cover 5 82 4 Assemble the two jack handle extensions D and wheel wrench E as shown 5 Insert the open end of the extension J through the hole in the rear bumper l hoist shaft access hole Be sure the hoist end J of the extension D connects to the hoist shaft B The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire Turn the wheel wrench E counterclockwise to lowe
352. nlock Press to unlock the doors of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear Lock Press to lock the doors safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening Delayed Locking When locking the doors with the power lock switch and a door or the liftgate is open the doors will lock five seconds after the last door is closed You will hear three chimes to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use Pressing the power lock switch twice or the lock button on the RKE transmitter twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock all the doors This feature will not operate if the key is in the ignition You can program this feature using the Driver Information Center DIC See DELAY DOOR LOCK under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 Programmable Automatic Door Locks Vehicles with an automatic lock unlock feature enable you to program the vehicle s power door locks You can program this feature through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Customization on
353. normal play mode F4 Forward Press and hold to enter fast forward mode Hold to play at four times the normal speed Hold it for more than four seconds to play at 32 times the normal speed Release to return to normal play mode F5 MODE Press to select from NORMAL RPT TRCK and RDM TRCK Normal Sets the system for normal play of the DVD RPT TRCK Repeat Track Repeats the track over again RPT TRCK displays Press the MODE pushbutton again to turn off repeat play and advance to the next mode RDM TRCK Random Track Plays the tracks on the current DVD in random rather than sequential order RDM TRCK displays Press the MODE pushbutton again to turn off random play and advance to the next mode 3 88 F6 DISP Display Press to display the time of the track Press again to display CD PLAY MODE Km Seek Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track Press it again to go to the previous track or press the right arrow to go to the next track Press and hold to change tracks at a rate of one per second Tune Select Turn to the left one notch to go to the start of the current track Turn it again to go to the previous track or turn to the right one notch to go to the next track K l Scan Press the arrows to listen to each track for 10 seconds The CD goes to a track plays for 10 seconds and then goes to the next track Press the arrows again to stop scanning If your vehicle has RSE
354. nt These messages require action before they can be cleared You should take any messages that appear on the display seriously and remember that clearing the messages will only make the messages disappear not correct the problem The following are the possible messages that can be displayed and some information about them CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This message displays when the engine oil needs to be changed When you change the engine oil be sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 for information on how to reset the message See Engine Oil on page 5 14 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information 3 53 CHECK TIRE PRESSURE This message displays when the pressure in one or more of the vehicle s tires needs to be checked This message also displays LEFT FRONT RIGHT FRONT LEFT REAR or RIGHT REAR to indicate which tire needs to be checked You can receive more than one tire pressure message at a time To read the other messages that may have been sent at the same time press the set reset button If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire Loading Information label See Tires on page 5 56 Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 The DIC also shows the tire pressure values See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 49 If the tire pres
355. nt engine coolant heater operation at temperatures above 0 F 18 C To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away 1 Turn off the engine from moving engine parts If you do not it could be 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord damaged The cord is located on the driver s side of the How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged engine compartment near the power steering in The answer depends on the outside temperature the fluid reservoir kind of oil you have and some other things Instead 3 Plug the cord into a normal grounded 110 volt of trying to list everything here we ask that you contact AC outlet your dealer retailer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The dealer retailer can give you the best advice for that particular area Z CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 2 29 Automatic Transmission Operation Your vehicle has a Hydra Matic 6L80 automatic transmission and has an electronic shift position indicator within the instrument panel cluster The electronic shift po
356. nt no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 85 for additional information ACAUTION A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured or killed by the frontal airbags if they inflate Never secure a child restraint in the center front seat It is always better to secure a child restraint in a rear seat Do not use child restraints in the center front seat position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This sys
357. nt seats behind the power seat control To recline the seatback tilt the top of the control rearward To bring the seatback forward tilt the top of the control forward A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving Your vehicle has a memory function which allows seat settings to be saved and recalled See Memory Seat Mirrors and Pedals on page 1 6 1 8 Head Restraints Pull the head restraint up to raise it To lower the head restraint press B the release button A A located on the top of ie the seatback while you push the head restraint down The front seats may have head restraints that also tilt forward and rearward To tilt the head restraint grasp the top of the restraint while pressing the button B located on the inboard side of the head restraint an
358. ntly occurs see your dealer retailer for service Relearn Remote Key This display allows you to match Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitters to your vehicle To match an RKE transmitter to your vehicle 1 Press the vehicle information button until PRESS V TO RELEARN REMOTE KEY displays 2 Press the set reset button until REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE is displayed 3 Press and hold the lock and unlock buttons on the first transmitter at the same time for about 15 seconds On vehicles with memory recall seats the first transmitter learned will match driver 1 and the second will match driver 2 A chime will sound indicating that the transmitter is matched 4 To match additional transmitters at this time repeat Step 3 Each vehicle can have a maximum of eight transmitters matched to it 5 To exit the programming mode you must cycle the key to LOCK OFF Blank Display This display shows no information DIC Warnings and Messages Messages are displayed on the DIC to notify the driver that the status of the vehicle has changed and that some action may be needed by the driver to correct the condition Multiple messages may appear one after another Some messages may not require immediate action but you can press any of the DIC buttons on the instrument panel to acknowledge that you received the messages and to clear them from the display Some messages cannot be cleared from the DIC display because they are more urge
359. ntrols The rear system can be turned off by pressing the AUX button on the front climate control system and the indicator will turn off If the indicator in the front AUX button is off the rear system is off 3 31 To turn the system on from the rear press any rear climate control button except the button To turn the system off press and hold the button pe of of fm Rear Climate Control with Rear Seat Audio Controls Automatic Operation If Equipped AUTO Press the mode button until this setting is selected to control the inside temperature the air delivery and the fan speed AUTO will illuminate in the display when automatic operation is active 3 32 Increase Decrease Temperature Press the or buttons to increase or decrease the cabin temperature The rear control temperature display will show the temperature setting decreasing or increasing The display only indicates climate control functions when the system is in rear independent mode Manual Operation RE Fan Use the fan buttons on the rear seat audio control panel to manually adjust the fan speed To increase or decrease the airflow press the org button Pressing the fan up button when the system is off will turn the system on The air delivery mode will remain under automatic control To turn the rear system off keep pressing the button Increase Decrease Temperature These buttons select the temperature of th
360. nversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 for more information ER engin ete J For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer for more information Fuel Tank Transmission Fluid Pan Removal and Replacement soy sm tOil filter should be changed at every oil change After refill the level must be rechecked Add enough engine coolant so that the fluid is within the proper operating range Engine Specifications C Enge Vin Code Spark Plug Gap 6 2L VS pe Automatic 0 040 n 1 01 mm 5 115 4 NOTES 5 116 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0 ceeeeeeeeneees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 6 9 IMMOCUCHION Seo so Als rare beder dan sek deacons 6 2 At Each Fuel Pill SL ander kernens erne vad 6 9 Maintenance Requirements W u ssssseeerereeeree 6 2 At Least Once a Month W W u u dv csereeeererererere 6 10 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 At Least Once a Year ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 10 Using the Maintenance Schedule c eeeeeeeeens 6 2 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 13 Scheduled Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 6 4 Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 15 Additional Required Services ceeeeeee eee 6 6 Engine Drive Belt Routing
361. o and installed equipment your truck can carry 4 39 Using heavier suspension components to get added durability might not change your weight ratings Ask your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Put things in the cargo area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats CAUTION Continued 4 40 CAUTION Continued Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to There is also important loading information for off road driving in this manual See Loading Your Vehicle for Off Road Driving under Off Road Driving on page 4 12 Add On Equipment When you carry removable items you may need to put a limit on how many people you can carry inside your vehicle Be sure to weigh your vehicle before you buy and install the new equipment Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage R
362. o remove a soil from any interior surface Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc 5 99 Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with wat
363. o Used ee 25 Driver Seat Module Remote Keyless Entry System Not Used Connector re BODY BODY SEO UPFITTER Harness Connector BODY 2 Body Harness Connector 2 BODY 1 Body Harness Connector 1 BODY 3 Body Harness Connector 3 5 110 Connector SEO UPFITTER Circuit Breaker Headliner Harness Connector 3 Headliner Harness Connector 2 Headliner Harness Connector 1 Special Equipment Option Upfitter Harness Connector Circuit Breaker Underhood Fuse Block The underhood fuse block is located in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle To access the fuse relay block push in on the tabs on the end of the fuse relay block cover and lift Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on your vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component To remove fuses hold the end of the fuse between your thumb and index finger and pull straight out 5 111 ope 7 8 C13 C147 BEFRA C112 our c12 FANCNTRL Cag OHD 173 C189 C199 C209 c23 C23 C24 253C 269027 2 39303137 AC PWR 313 32 QMPRSR stata TAR e333 PMP PRK 33 LJ 34 35 O TPC 36 37 38939 67 C409 O TP Cm C42 433044 in 53 9 7 3583 73 58968 REAR C56 DEFOG Fuses Use Automatic Level Control Exhaust 6 Trailer Brake Controller 5 112 Fuses age 8 Townson 2 Antilock Brakes System 13 Fuel Injectors Ignition Coils Right Side
364. o customize the feature settings on your vehicle See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 for more information WA Set Reset Press this button to set or reset certain functions and to turn off or acknowledge messages on the DIC 3 49 Trip Fuel Menu Items ZN Trip Fuel Press this button to scroll through the following menu items Odometer Press the trip fuel button until ODOMETER displays This display shows the distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles mi or kilometers km To switch between English and metric measurements see Units later in this section Trip Odometer Press the trip fuel button until TRIP displays This display shows the current distance traveled in either miles mi or kilometers km since the last reset for the trip odometer The trip odometer can be reset to zero by pressing the set reset button while the trip odometer is displayed Fuel Range Press the trip fuel button until FUEL RANGE displays This display shows the approximate number of remaining miles mi or kilometers km the vehicle can be driven without refueling The display will show LOW if the fuel level is low 3 50 The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle s fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank This estimate will change if driving conditions change For example if driving in traffic and making frequent stops this displa
365. o each shock absorber to independently adjust the damping level to provide the optimum vehicle ride RSS also interacts with the tow haul mode that when engaged will provide additional control of the shock absorbers This additional control results in better ride and handling characteristics when the vehicle is loaded or towing a trailer See Tow Haul Mode under Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 StabiliTrak System Your vehicle may have the StabiliTrak system which combines antilock brake traction and stability control systems and helps the driver maintain directional control of the vehicle in most driving conditions When you first start your vehicle and begin to drive away the system performs several diagnostic checks to ensure there are no problems You may hear or feel the system working This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with your vehicle The system should initialize before the vehicle reaches 20 mph 32 km h In some cases it may take approximately two miles of driving before the system initializes If the system fails to turn on or activate the StabiliTrak light along with one of the following messages will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC TRACTION CONTROL OFF SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL STABILITRAK OFF SERVICE STABILITRAK If these DIC messages appear make sure the StabiliTrak system has not been turned off using the StabiliTrak on off button Then turn the steering wheel
366. o tell about things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people We tell you what the hazard is and what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings You will also find notices in this manual Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front Seats cccccccceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 1 2 Power Seat eiaeia ne ee ner rE EE 1 2 Power Lumbar esae mar ar EDES ol nad Er
367. ocated on the rear axle Add only enough fluid to reach the proper level For All Wheel Drive vehicles the proper level is from 0 04 inch to 0 75 inch 1 0 mm to 19 0 mm below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the rear axle Add only enough fluid to reach the proper level What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Front Axle When to Check and Change Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check front axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Have it inspected and repaired How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be on a level surface 1500 Series A Fill Plug B Drain Plug When the differential is cold add enough lubricant to raise the level from 0 0 mm to 1 8 inch 3 2 mm below the filler plug hole When the differential is at operating temperature warm add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 5 47 Headlamp Aiming The vehicle has a visual optical headlamp aiming system The aim of the headlamps have been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if the vehicle is dama
368. ocked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked 1 Lift the lever located on the outboard side of the seat 2 Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked Manual Fold and Tumble Feature Folding and Tumbling the Seat s To fold and tumble the seat do the following 1 Make sure that there is nothing under in front of or on the seat Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat The seatback will fold forward Leaving the seatback in this position creates a flat load floor If the seatback cannot fold flat try moving the front seat forward and or put the front seatback in the upright position 2 Lift the lever located on the outboard side of the seat to release the seatback 3 Lift the lever again to Returning the Seat s to the Sitting release the rear of the Position seat from the floor The seat will tumble To return the seat to the sitting position do the following forward 1 Pull the seat down until it latches to the floor
369. of the low beam headlamp 4 At a wall measure from the ground upward A to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it 5 Draw or tape a horizontal line B on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark in Step 4 Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build up which may cause damage to the headlamp 6 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being adjusted This allows only the beam of light from the headlamp being adjusted to be seen on the flat surface 5 49 7 Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws which are under the hood near each headlamp assembly The adjustment screw can be turned with a E8 Torx socket 8 Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam 5 50 9 Make sure that the light from the headlamp is positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line The lamp on the left A shows the correct headlamp aim The lamp on the right B shows the incorrect headlamp aim 10 Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite headlamp Bulb Replacement Back Up Lamps For the proper type of replacement bulbs see To replace this bulb Replacement Bulbs on page 5 53 1 Open the liftgate See Power Liftgate on p
370. ogramming Universal Home Remote Rolling Code lf you have questions or need help programming the Universal Home Remote System call 1 866 572 2728 or go to www learcar2u com Most garage door openers sold after 1996 are Rolling Code units Programming a garage door opener involves time sensitive actions so read the entire procedure before you begin If you do not follow these actions the device will time out and you will have to repeat the procedure To program up to three devices 2 Locate in the garage the garage door opener receiver motor head unit Locate the Learn or Smart button It can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit and may be a colored button Press this button After you press this button you will have 30 seconds to complete the following steps 3 Immediately return to your vehicle Press and hold the Universal Home Remote button that you would like to use to control the garage door until the garage door moves The indicator light above the selected button should slowly blink You may need to hold the button from five to 20 seconds 1 From inside the vehicle press the two outside buttons at the same time for one to two seconds and immediately release them 2 55 4 Immediately within one second release the button when the garage door moves The indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete 5 Press and release
371. oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change the oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change the engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change the oil prior to a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message being turned on reset the system Always reset the engine oil life to 100 after every oil change It will not reset itself To reset the Engine Oil Life System 1 Display the OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC 2 Press and hold the SET RESET button on the DIC for more than five seconds The oil life will change to 100 lf the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes back on when you start your vehicle the Engine Oil Life System has not reset Repeat the procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elemen
372. on Windshield Wipers Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If they are frozen to the windshield gently loosen or thaw them Damaged wiper blades may not clear the windshield well making it harder to see and drive safely If the blades do become damaged install new blades or blade inserts For more information see Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 54 Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload Turn the band with the wiper symbol to control the windshield wipers W Mist Turn the band to mist for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the wipers start Then let go The wipers stop after one wipe Hold the band on mist longer for more wipe cycles O Off To stop the wipers move the band to off i Delay Turn the band to adjust the delay time The delay between wiping cycles becomes shorter as the band is moved to the top of the lever This can be very useful in light rain or snow GER Low Speed Turn the band away from you to the first solid band past the delay settings for steady wiping at low speed GER High Speed Turn the band further to the second solid band past the delay settings for high speed wiping Rainsense II Wipers Your vehicle has Rainsense windshield wipers These wipers automatically turn on when a sensor mounted next to the insi
373. on and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control 1 Press the cruise control On Off button 2 Get up to the desired speed 3 Press the SET button located on the steering wheel and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake This shuts off the cruise control But you do not need to reset it Once you are driving about 25 mph 40 km h or more press the RES button on your steering wheel The vehicle will go back to the previous set speed and stay there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control To increase the cruise speed while using cruise control Press and hold the RES button on the steering wheel until you reach your new desired speed then release it To increase vehicle speed in small increments press the RES button Each time you do this you will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control To reduce your speed while using cruise control Press and hold the SET button on the steering wheel until the desired lower speed is reached then release it To slow down in very small amounts press the SET button on the steering wheel briefly Each time you do this the vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Anothe
374. on page 5 63 for inflation pressure adjustment for high speed driving 22 Inch Tires If your vehicle has the optional 22 inch P285 45R22 size tires they are classified as touring tires and are designed for on road use The low profile wide tread design is not recommended for off road driving See Off Road Driving on page 4 12 for additional information Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into the sidewall The following illustration is an example of a typical P Metric tire sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A Tire Size The tire size code is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code t
375. one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability 5 64 Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functi
376. oning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 65 for additional information Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Tire Pressure Monitor Operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly excluding the spare tire and wheel ass
377. op tether anchors a dl Third Row Three Passenger For models with a three passenger third row seat see the information following for installing a child restraint with a top tether in the third row if your vehicle has one Never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor For models with 60 40 second row seating the rear right side passenger and center seating positions have exposed metal anchors located in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion For models with second row bucket seats both rear seating positions have exposed metal anchors located in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion 1 64 Second Row Seat Bucket For models with bucket second row seating the top tether anchors are located at the bottom rear of the seat cushion for each seating position in the second row Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Second Row Seat 60 40 For models with 60 40 second row seating the top tether anchors are located at the bottom rear of the seat cushion for each seating position in the second row Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed ron Third Row Seat Two or Three Passenger For vehicles with a two passenger third row seat there is one top tether anchor located at the
378. or these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control your vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of your vehicle See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 40 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and ey
379. or specification can be obtained from your GM dealer Maintenance Replacement Parts ACDelco Part Engine Air Cleaner Filter 15908916 A3086C Oil Filter 89017524 PF48 Spark Plugs 12571164 41 985 Wiper Blades Front 21 6 inches 55 0 cm 15930910 PY Engine Drive Belt Routing 6 16 Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 9 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Maintenance Record cont d Maintenance Record cont d Maintenance Record cont d Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 6 0005 7 2 Online Owner Center ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 4 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users 2222 ens ebber bre 7 5 Customer Assistance Offices sssss 7 5 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Roadside Service cccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 6 Scheduling Service Appointments 08 7 8 Courtesy Transportation 0ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 7 9 Collision Damage Repair ceeceeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 10 Customer Assistance Information
380. or vents In this mode the system will automatically force outside air into your vehicle The recirculation mode cannot be selected while in the defrost mode The air conditioning compressor will run automatically in this setting unless the outside temperature is close to freezing Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear 3 30 Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window GW Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger will turn off automatically after it has been activated The defogger can also be turned off by pressing the button again or by turning off the engine Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear If your vehicle has heated outside rearview mirrors the mirrors will heat to help clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror when the rear window defog button is pressed Notice Do not use a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window Do not adhere anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass These actions may damage the rear defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Outlet Adjustment Use the air outlets located in the center and on the side of your instrument panel to direct the airflow Operation Tips Keep the hood and front air inlets free of ice snow or any other obstruction such as leaves The heater and defroster will work far better reducing the chance of foggin
381. ould move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 2 Lift the seatback and push it rearward Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked 1 23 Folding and Tumbling the Second Row Seat s from the Third Row Seats or Outside A CAUTION Using the third row seating position while the second row is folded or folded and tumbled could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place To fold and tumble the seat from the third row seats if your vehicle has them do the following 1 Make sure that there is nothing under in front of or on the seat Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 1 24 2 Press the automatic seat release button located on the panel behind the rear doors we Driver s Side Rear Panel Button shown One press of the button automatically folds the seatback flat and tumbles the seat forward There will be a slight delay between the folding of the seatback and the tumbling of the seat Third Row Seat lf the vehicle has a third row seat the seatback s can be folded
382. ource is Check that the RSE video running but there is no screen is in the auxiliary picture or sound source mode Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices Sometimes the wireless Check for obstructions headphone audio cuts out low batteries reception or buzzes range and interference from cellular telephone towers or by using your cellular telephone in the vehicle Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L left and R right on the headphones lost the remote and or See your dealer retailer the headphones for assistance The DVD is playing but Check that the RSE video there is no picture or screen is sourced to the sound DVD player 3 103 DVD Display Error Messages The DVD display error message depends on which radio you have The video screen might display one of the following Disc Load Eject Error This message displays when there are disc load or eject problems Disc Format Error This message displays if the disc is inserted with the disc label wrong side up or if the disc is damaged Disc Region Error This message displays if the disc is not from a correct region No Disc Inserted This message displays if no disc is present when A or DVD AUX is pressed on the radio DVD Distortion Video distortion may occur when operating cellular phones scanners CB radios Global Position Systems GPS two way radios mobile fax or walkie talkies It might be nec
383. p features are accessible from underneath the front fascia The following steps must be performed on the bolts and snap features to remove the air dam 1 Remove the two outboard air dam bolts 2 With a flat blade screwdriver push down on the snap features and disengage the snaps 3 After the bolts are removed and the snaps are disengaged push forward on the air dam until it is free When you are back on roads though be sure to replace the air dam Notice Operating your vehicle for extended periods without the front fascia lower air dam installed can cause improper air flow to the engine Always be sure to replace the front fascia air dam when you are finished off road driving To reinstall the lower air dam do the following 1 Line up the snap features and push the air dam rearward to engage the snaps 2 Install the two outboard bolts Before You Go Off Roading There are some things to do before you go out For example be sure to have all necessary maintenance and service work done Check to make sure all underbody shields if the vehicle has them are properly attached Is there enough fuel Is the spare tire fully inflated Are the fluid levels up where they should be What are the local laws that apply to off roading where you will be driving If you do not know you should check with law enforcement people in the area Will you be on someone s private land If so be sure to get the necessary permission
384. pacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle See Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 for important information on towing a trailer Example 1 towing safety rules and trailering tips Item Description Totali Vehicle Capacity A Weight for leaks Example 1 g Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg 68 kg x 2 Available Occupant EJ and Cargo Weight PUUDE TALEKO 4 37 Example 2 Example 3 Item Description Item Description Vehicle Capacity Vehicle Capacity A Weight for 453 kg A Weight for 453 kg Example 2 g Example 3 g Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 1 000 Ibs Weight 150 Ibs 750 Ibs 136 kg Weight 200 Ibs 453 kg 68 kg x 5 91 kg x 5 g Available Cargo 250 Ibs 113 kg Available Cargo 0 Ibs 0 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight 4 38
385. pass through the seal between the body and the liftgate Make sure all other windows are shut Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed with the recirculation mode off That will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System in the index If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way If your vehicle has a power liftgate disable the power liftgate function See Power Liftgate on page 2 14 On vehicles with a power liftgate the button is located on the overhead console The vehicle must be in PARK P to use the power liftgate feature lt lt Press the top of the button to open or close the power liftgate OFF Press the bottom of the button for manual operation of the power liftgate The taillamps will flash and a chime will sound when the power liftgate is moving A CAUTION You or others could be injured if caught in the path of the power liftgate Make sure there is no one in the way of the liftgate as it is opening and closing Notice If you open the liftgate without checking for overhead obstructions such as a garage door you could damage the liftgate or the liftgate glass Always check to make sure the area above and behind the liftgate is clear before opening it The power liftgate can be power opened and closed in the following ways Press and hold the power liftgate button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE trans
386. pe gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount lf you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture High Speed Operation A CAUTION Driving at high speeds 100 mph 160 km h or higher puts an additional strain on tires Sustained high speed driving causes excessive heat build up and can cause sudden tire failure You could have a crash and you or others could be killed Some high speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high speed operation When speed limits and road conditions are such that a vehicle can be driven at high speeds make sure the tires are rated for high spe
387. pen or close cycle a warning chime will sound and the liftgate will automatically reverse direction to the full closed or open position After removing the obstruction the power liftgate operation can be used again If the liftgate encounters multiple obstacles on the same power cycle the power function will deactivate and you must manually open or close the liftgate The REAR ACCESS OPEN warning message in the Driver Information Center DIC will indicate that the liftgate is open After removing the obstructions manually open the liftgate to the full open position or close the liftgate to the fully closed and latched position The liftgate will now resume normal power operation Your vehicle has pinch sensors located on the side edges of the liftgate If an object is caught between the liftgate and the body and presses against this sensor the liftgate will reverse direction and open fully The liftgate will remain open until it is activated again or closed manually Do not force the liftgate open or closed during a power cycle Manual Operation of Power Liftgate To change the liftgate to manual operation press the switch on the overhead console to the OFF position With the power liftgate disabled and all of the doors unlocked the liftgate can be manually opened and closed To open the liftgate press the touchpad on the handle on the outside of the liftgate and lift the gate open To close the liftgate use the pull cup to
388. per Blade Replacement 22221262 rr never nen 5 54 Wiper FUSES sic renee 5 108 VAT OT Seroren e A Ea 3 9 Windshield Rear Washer Wiper ssseeeenereree 3 12 Winter Diving asesir dar ties naedacerdeneebdesiiwdtensancas 4 30 XM Radio Messages ceceeeeeeeeeenee eee eeeen es 3 94 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 109 Your Vehicle and the Environment 0 0 6 2
389. per calendar year Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure incidental expenses may be reimbursed during the 60 months 100 000 miles 160 000 km warranty period Items covered are hotel meals and rental car Alternative Service Canada only There may be times when Roadside Service cannot provide timely assistance Your advisor may authorize you to secure local emergency road service and you will be reimbursed up to 100 upon submission of the original receipt to Cadillac Roadside Service Cadillac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in their sole discretion the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Cadillac Technician Roadside Service U S only Cadillac s exceptional Roadside Service is more than an auto club or towing service It provides every Cadillac owner in the United States with the advantage of contacting a Cadillac advisor and where available a Cadillac trained dealer technician who can provide on site service A dealer technician will travel to your location within a 30 mile radius of a participating Cadillac dealership If beyond this radius we will arrange to have your car towed to the nearest Cadillac dealership Each technician travels with a specially equipped service vehicle complete with the necessary Cadillac parts and tools required to
390. place the fan in manual operation The fan setting will display and the AUTO light will turn off The air delivery will remain in automatic operation r Mode Press this button to manually change the direction of the airflow in your vehicle Repeatedly press the button until the desired mode appears on the display When the system is turned off the display will go blank after displaying the current status of the system 3 28 7s Vent This setting will deliver air to the instrument panel outlets Wi Bi Level This mode allows for split air to the instrument panel outlets and to the floor outlets The flow can be divided between vent and floor outlets depending upon where the knob is placed between the settings A little air is directed towards the windshield and side window vents Cooler air is directed to the upper vents and warmer air to the floor vents ted Floor This mode directs most of the air to the floor outlets with some of the air directed to the windshield side window outlets and second row floor outlets In this mode the system will automatically select Outside Air 5 Defog See Defogging and Defrosting later in this section lt amp Recirculation Press this button to turn the recirculation mode on When the button is pressed an indicator light will come on This mode keeps outside air from entering the vehicle It can be used to reduce outside air and odors from entering your vehicle
391. play to time out Follow the manual or automatic steps previously listed for setting the preset pushbuttons for both home and away This function does not work with XM 3 75 Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble To adjust the bass midrange and treble perform the following steps 1 Press the knob to enter the main menu 2 Turn this knob until BASS MID TREBLE displays 3 Press this knob to scroll through the settings 4 Turn this knob again to increase or to decrease the bass midrange or treble If a station is weak or has static decrease the treble 5 Press this knob to set the adjustment 6 Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the display to time out AUDIO EQUALIZER This feature lets you select customized equalization settings To choose an equalization setting EQO through EQ5 perform the following steps 1 Press the knob to enter the main menu 2 Turn this knob until EQUALIZER displays 3 76 3 Press this knob again to set the equalization setting The equalization setting displays 4 Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the display to time out The equalization settings are preset to EQO Normal EQ1 Pop EQ2 Rock EQ3 Jazz EQ4 Talk and EQ5 Country Adjusting the Speake
392. portunity in order to verify the cold check The fluid level rises as fluid temperature increases so it is important to ensure the transmission temperature is within range 1 Locate the transmission dipstick at the rear of the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle The dipstick handle has 5 If the fluid level is below the COLD check band this graphic See Engine add only enough fluid as necessary to bring the Compartment Overview level into the COLD band It does not take on page 5 12 for more much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5L information Do not overfill 6 Perform a hot check at the first opportunity after the transmission reaches a normal operating temperature between 160 F to 200 F 71 C to 93 C 2 Flip the handle up and then pull out the dipstick 7 If the fluid level is in the acceptable range push the and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel dipstick back in all the way then flip the handle 3 Install the dipstick by pushing it back in all the way down to lock the dipstick in place wait three seconds and then pull it back out again 5 22 4 Check both sides of the dipstick and read the Consistency of Readings lower level Repeat the check procedure to verify the reading Always check the fluid level at least twice using the procedures described Consistency repeatable readings is important to maintaining proper fluid level If fluid is added it may take 15 minutes
393. r slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions Use the key to turn the ignition switch to four different positions In order to shift out of PARK P ignition must be in the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal must be applied A LOCK OFF This position locks the ignition and transmission It is a theft deterrent feature The key can only be removed when the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If it is turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard If none of this works then your vehicle needs service B ACC ACCESSORY This position lets things like the radio and the windshield wipers operate while the engin
394. r vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer retailer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle 4 44 Notice Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this part and see your dealer for important information about towing a trailer with your vehicle To identify the trailering capacity of your vehicle you should read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly That s the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do here are some important points There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you ll be driving A good source for this infor
395. r 3 42 Reading Lamps a22 Malfunction Indicator Lamp sovsen 3 43 Electric Power Management i i 3 23 Oil Pressure Light sise askaniske ENERET 3 46 Section 3 Security Light secession onina 3 46 Fog Lamp Light wecciccctceteseceurciswideniesvententendun 3 46 Lights On Reminder eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 47 Cruise Control Light cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 47 Highbeam On Light siccctssswoie cick eeevtiereaeeeedeeees 3 47 Tow Haul Mode Light ce eeeeeeeeeeee neers 3 47 Fuel Gage soeone tate e R A E EN a EA 3 48 Driver Information Center DIC 1 1 1 1 3 48 DIC Operation and Displays ceeeeeeeees 3 49 DIC Warnings and Messages 6eceeeeeeeees 3 53 DIC Vehicle Customization ceeeeeeeee eee 3 61 Instrument Panel Audio System s ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeee ees 3 70 Setting the CIOCK ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee een eeaes 3 71 Radi S esre ne ie a a aa iani E EE ss 3 72 Using ani MP8 3csctsnccncrcistcanetsaecanieeaweaec ania 3 90 XM Radio Messages s ceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeea tees 3 94 Navigation Radio System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 95 Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System 3 95 Rear Seat Audio RSA ceeeeeeeeeeeee trees 3 104 Theft Deterrent Feature a an 3 106 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0655 3 106 Radio Reception orrien eiennenn 3 108 Rear Side Window Antenna
396. r Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the pedal your vehicle will slow down to the previous set cruise speed Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control will work on hills depends upon your speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you may have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle s speed When going downhill you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle s speed down Of course applying the brake takes you out of cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control There are three ways to end cruise control Step lightly on the brake pedal Press the cancel button on the steering wheel Press the On Off button on the steering wheel Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition the cruise control set speed memory is erased 3 15 Exterior Lamps The exterior lamps control is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel It controls the following systems e Headlamps Taillamps Parking Lamps License Plate Lamps Instrument Panel Lights The exterior lamps control has four positions O Off Turn the control to this position to turn off the automatic headlamps and daytime running lamps DRL Turning the hea
397. r a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key IIl to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system 2 23 To program the new additional key 1 Verify that the new key has a stamped on it 2 Insert the original already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key 4 Insert the new key to be programmed and turn it to the ON RUN position within five seconds of turning the ignition to the LOCK OFF position in Step 3 The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 5 Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if additional keys are to be programmed If you lose or damage your PASS Key III key see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle 2 24 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines Keep your speed at 55 mph 88 km h or less for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not drive at any one constant speed fast o
398. r more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph 40 km h When you apply your brakes cruise control is turned off If your vehicle has the StabiliTrak system and begins to limit wheel spin while you are using cruise control the cruise control will automatically disengage See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may turn the cruise control back on The cruise control buttons are located on left side of the steering wheel B Y On Off This button can both activate and turn off the system The indicator light on the button turns on when cruise control is on and turns off when cruise control is off RES Resume Accelerate Press this button to make the vehicle accelerate or resume to a previously set speed SET Set Coast Press this button to set the speed or make the vehicle decelerate i Cancel Press this button to cancel cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory 3 13 Setting Cruise Control Cruise control will not work if your parking brake is set or if the master cylinder brake fluid level is low The cruise control light on the instrument panel cluster will come on after the cruise control has been set to the desired speed A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a butt
399. r seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 86 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if The right front passenger seat is unoccupied The system determines that an infant is present in a
400. r the spare tire H to the ground Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle If the spare tire does not lower to the ground the secondary latch is engaged causing the tire not to lower See Secondary Latch System on page 5 90 for more information 7 Use the wheel wrench hook that allows you to pull the hoist cable towards you to assist in reaching the spare tire 5 83 Once the retainer is separated from the pin tilt the retainer and pull it through the center of the wheel along with the cable and latch 8 Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with some slack in 9 Put the spare tire near the flat tire the cable to access the tire wheel retainer G Separate the retainer from the guide pin by sliding the retainer up the pin while pressing down on the latch 5 84 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1 Do a safety check before proceeding See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 79 for more information 2 To remove the center cap place the chiseled end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel and gently pry the cap out Jacking Locations Overall View A Front Position B Rear Position Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you 3 Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts could be badly injured or killed Never get under Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loose
401. r vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Antilock Brake System ABS Your vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When you start the engine and begin to drive away ABS will check itself You might hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on This is normal Along with ABS your vehicle has a Dynamic Rear Proportioning DRP system If there is a DRP problem both the brake and ABS warning lights come on accompanied by a 10 second chime The lights and chime will come on each time the ignition is turned on until the problem is repaired See your dealer retailer for service If there is a problem with ABS this warning light will stay on See Antilock Brake System Warning Light on page 3 41 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at both rear wheels ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake the computer k
402. r vehicle has a cargo cover you can use it to cover items in the cargo area of your vehicle To use the cover do the following 1 Pull the cover handle toward the rear of the vehicle 2 Latch the cover posts into the retaining sockets on the cargo area trim panels 2 63 4 Press the end caps in this will allow the cover to fit into the trim slot 5 Lightly pull on the cover holder to make sure it is secure On the extended wheelbase models there are two cover positions The slots furthest forward allow the cover to be used if the third seat is removed or folded down The cover can be installed and removed from either side Cargo Tie Downs Your vehicle may have cargo tie downs in the rear cargo area that allow you to strap cargo in and keep it from moving inside the vehicle Sunroof Your vehicle may be equipped with a power sliding sunroof To open or close the sunroof the ignition needs to be turned to ON or Retained Accessory Power RAP must be active When RAP is active the sunroof will work for 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off or until a front door is opened See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 26 for more information 2 64 There are two switches in the overhead console that operate the sunroof Manual Open Manual Close To open the sunroof press and hold the rear of the driver s side switch until the sunroof reaches the desired position To close the sunroof press and hold t
403. raulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well 5 36 It is not a good idea to top off the brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If fluid is added when the linings are worn there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If you have too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system See Checking Brake Fluid in this section When the brake fluid falls to a low level the brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 40 Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to check the brake fluid See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Checking Brake Fluid The brake fluid can be checked without taking off the cap by looking at the brake fluid reservoir The fluid level should be above MIN If it is not have the brake hydraulic system checked to see if there is a leak Al After work is done on the brake hydraulic system make sure the level is above the MIN but not over the MAX mark What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See
404. rce Centerpoint delivers five independent audio channels from conventional stereo recordings Rear Select this setting to adjust the audio for the rear seat passengers to receive the best possible sound quality Driver Select this setting to adjust the audio for the driver to receive the best possible sound quality 5 1 Surround Select this setting to turn on true 5 1 surround sound processing available for DVD A or DVD V sources that were recorded in 5 1 Surround This setting is only available if the Rear Seat Audio RSA control is turned off 5 1 Surround Normal Select this mode for the best audio for all seating positions 5 1 Surround Rear Select this mode for the best audio for rear seat occupants 3 77 XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound During your trial or when you subscribe you will get unlimited access to XM Radio Online for when you are not in your vehicle A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and www xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada i Information Press while in XM mode to retrieve additional text information related to the current
405. re than the road tires those originally installed on your vehicle When new your vehicle included a spare tire and wheel assembly with a similar overall diameter as your vehicle s road tires and wheels so it is all right to drive on it Because this spare was developed for use on your vehicle it will not affect vehicle handling ACAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle lf you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system may give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 64 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you
406. re frontal impact They are not designed to inflate in rear crashes Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person ACAUTION Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if you were sitting on the edge of your seat or leaning forward Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with roof rail airbags 1 77 Where Are the Airbags A CAUTION Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 50 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 53 There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster H which shows the airbag PX symbol The driver s frontal airbag is in the mi
407. re setting to match the driver s temperature setting by pressing the passenger power knob Automatic Operation AUTO Automatic When automatic operation is active the system will control the inside temperature the air delivery and the fan speed Use the steps below to place the entire system in automatic mode 1 Press the AUTO button When AUTO is selected the display will change to show the current temperature s and AUTO come on the display The current delivery mode and fan speed will also be displayed for approximately five seconds When AUTO is selected the air conditioning operation and air inlet will be automatically controlled The air conditioning compressor will run when the outside temperature is over about 40 F 4 C The air inlet will normally be set to outside air If it is hot outside the air inlet may automatically switch to recirculate inside air to help quickly cool down your vehicle The light on the button will come on in recirculation 2 Set the driver s and passenger s temperature To find your comfort setting start with a 74 F 23 C temperature setting and allow about 20 minutes for the system to regulate Use the driver s or passenger s temperature buttons to adjust the temperature setting as necessary If you choose the temperature setting of 60 F 15 C the system will remain at the maximum cooling setting If you choose the temperature setting of 90 F 32 C the system
408. re to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight 5 60 Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire
409. reading is not within the required temperature ranges allow the vehicle to cool or operate the vehicle until the appropriate transmission fluid temperature is reached The hot check procedure is the most accurate method to check the fluid level Perform the hot check procedure at the first opportunity Use this cold check procedure to check fluid level when the transmission temperature is between 80 F and 90 F 27 C and 32 C 1 Locate the transmission dipstick at the rear of the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle The dipstick handle has this graphic See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information Cold Check Procedure Use this procedure only as a reference to determine if the transmission has enough fluid to be operated safely until a hot check procedure can be made Flip the handle up and then pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel Install the dipstick by pushing it back in all the way wait three seconds and then pull it back out again 5 21 4 Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower Hot Check Procedure level Repeat the check procedure to verify the reading Use this procedure to check the transmission fluid level when the transmission fluid temperature is between 160 F and 200 F 71 C and 93 C The hot check is the most accurate method to check the fluid level The hot check should be performed at the first op
410. rear facing infant seat The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 37 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 72 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint See
411. red setting is displayed on the DIC DISPLAY DIGITAL SPEED This feature allows you to enable or disable the digital speedometer on the DIC Press the customization button until DISPLAY DIGITAL SPEED appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings OFF The digital speedometer will be disabled ON default The digital speedometer will be enabled NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC FACTORY SETTINGS This feature allows you to set all of the customization features back to their factory default settings Press the customization button until FACTORY SETTINGS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings RESTORE ALL default The customization features will be set to their factory default settings DO NOT RESTORE The customization features will not be set to their factory default settings To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 69 EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS This feature allows you to exit the feature settings menu Press the customization button until PRESS V
412. ress of the lock button on the RKE transmitter HORN amp LIGHTS default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter and the horn will sound when the lock button is pressed again within five seconds of the previous command NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 63 REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when unlocking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter You will not receive feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the customization button to scroll through the following settings LIGHTS OFF The exterior lamps will not flash when you press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter LIGHTS ON default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3
413. retailer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Gasoline Octane Use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You can also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but your vehicle s acceleration could be slightly reduced and you might notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you might notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you could damage the engine lf you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 6 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California
414. rs Balance Fade To adjust the balance or fade perform the following steps Press the knob to enter the main menu Turn this knob until BALANCE FADER displays Press this knob to enter the tone settings Press this knob again to scroll to BALANCE or FADER 5 Turn this knob to adjust the BALANCE to the right or the left speakers and the FADER to the front or the rear speakers PQ y 6 Press this knob again to set the adjustment 7 Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the display to time out EQO does not display while in this mode Digital Signal Processing DSP This feature is used to provide a choice of different listening experiences To choose a DSP setting perform the following steps 1 2 3 4 Press the knob to enter the main menu Turn this knob until DSP displays Press this knob again to set the DSP setting The DSP setting displays Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the display to time out The DSP settings available are Normal Select this setting for normal mode It provides the best sound quality for all seating positions Centerpoint Select this setting to enable Bose Centerpoint Centerpoint signal processing gives surround sound quality for a CD MP3 or a DVD stereo audio sou
415. rs would 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the not be covered by your warranty Always connect vehicle that had the bad battery and remove the jumper cables in the correct i i order making sure that the cables do not touch 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the each other or other metal vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the remote positive terminal cover if the vehicle has one to its original position Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal 5 44 All Wheel Drive Transfer Case If your vehicle is equipped with All Wheel Drive be sure to perform the lubricant checks described in this section There are two additional systems that need lubrication When to Check Lubricant Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the lubricant See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 How to Check Lubricant A Drain Plug B Filler Plug To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be ona level surface If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the transfer case you ll need to add some lubricant Add enou
416. ry short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You might use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule is for vehicles that carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits are driven off road in the recommended manner See Off Road Driving on page 4 12 use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have
417. s If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it A The belt is twisted across the body Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in your vehicle have a lap shoulder except for the center front passenger position if your vehicle has one which has a lap belt See Lap Belt on page 1 48 for more information Here is how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 Adjust the seat if the seat is adjustable so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 2 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If you ever pull the shoulder portion of a passenger belt out all the way you may engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens just let the belt go back all the way and start again Engaging the child restraint locking feature may affect the passenger sensing system See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 85 1 42 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks If you find that the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle see if you are using the correct buckle Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 49 Make sure the rel
418. s a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window 1 58 Securing an Add On Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 61 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the Securing the Child Within the Child instructions that come with the restraint which may be on Restraint the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer VAN CAUTION Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure A child can be
419. s is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened Parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename displays Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files 3 91 Playing an MP3 When a CD is inserted CD displays the number of the CD and the track number displays if the radio is on If the radio is on the CD begins to play automatically If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number displays F3 Reverse Press and hold this pushbutton to enter fast reverse mode Hold the pushbutton to play in reverse at four times the normal speed Hold it for more than four seconds to play in reverse at 32 times the normal speed Release the pushbutton to return to normal play mode A quick press of this pushbutton goes to the beginning of the previous folder F4 Forw
420. s the scan arrows to listen to each track for 10 seconds The CD goes to a track plays for 10 seconds and then goes to the next track Press the scan arrows again to stop scanning If your vehicle has rear seat entertainment you can view the menu and playlist from your CD on the video screen Turn on the video screen with the power button on the remote control to view and navigate the menu and playlists See Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 95 for more information i Information Press this button while an MP3 CD is loaded to view the Title Artist Album or Folder names To view this information perform the following 1 Press the tune select knob to enter the main menu 2 Turn this knob until INFO displays 3 Press this knob again to select INFO The display changes to show the additional MP3 information 4 Press one of the following pushbuttons to view that specific information e F1 TTLE Title Displays the title name e F2 ATST Artist Displays the artist name F3 ALBM Album Displays the album name F4 FLDR Folder Displays the folder name 5 Press the BACK F6 button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the BACK F6 button or wait for the display to time out SRCE Source Press this button to select a source either radio CD DVD or AUX auxiliary if your vehicle has this feature The CD must be loaded to select the source and to play CD d
421. s to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because e They contain acid that can burn you They contain gas that can explode or ignite They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you 5 40 Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put the automatic transmission in PARK P or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake If you have a four wheel drive vehicle be sure the transfer case is in a dri
422. s to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object does not deform If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts 1 81 In addition your vehicle has dual sta
423. s upper body Rollover capable roof rail airbags are designed to help contain the head and chest of occupants in the outboard seating positions in the first second and third rows if equipped with a third row seat The rollover capable roof rail airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of full or partial ejection in rollover events although no system can prevent all such ejections But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 81 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts 1 83 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they deploy Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 83 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle 1 84 A CAUTI
424. s way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall near the tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 57 for additional information GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 69 for information on proper tire rotation 5 72 A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle might not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types could also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the same size brand and type tires on all wheels Your vehicle may have a different size spa
425. se an accessory power outlet remove the protective cap When not in use always cover the accessory power outlet with the protective cap Certain power accessory plugs may not be compatible to the accessory power outlet and could result in blown adapter or vehicle fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer retailer for additional information on the accessory power plugs 3 24 The accessory power outlets are powered even when the ignition is in LOCK OFF Continuing to use power outlets while the ignition is in LOCK OFF may cause the vehicle s battery to run down Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment Do not use equipment exceeding the maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter The front ashtray and cigarette lighter are located in the center console near the cupholders if the v
426. se types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water ACAUTION Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include Allow extra following distance Pass with caution Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 56 4 27 Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle
427. see your dealer retailer for service License Plate Lamp 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the socket 4 Install the new bulb 5 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the license plate lamp Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamp Bulb Number Back up Lamp 7440 License Plate Lamp For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer retailer 1 Remove the two screws holding each of the license plate lamps to the molding that is part of the liftgate 2 Twist and pull the license plate lamp forward through the molding opening 5 53 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways To replace the wiper blade assembly 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm connector away from the windshield 3 Install the new blade onto the arm connector and make sure the grooved areas are fully set in the locked position For the proper type and size see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 15 2 Squeeze the grooved areas on each side of the blade and turn the blade assembly away from the arm connector 5 54 Backglass Wiper Blade Replacement 1 Lift the wiper blade assembly up and out of the park rest position 4 Replace the wiper blade 5 Return the wiper blade assembly to the park rest po
428. ses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 108 If the alarm does not sound or the headlamps do not flash the vehicle should be serviced by your dealer retailer 2 22 PASS Key IIl The PASS Key IIl system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key Ill Operation Your vehicle has PASS Key Ill Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition The system is automatically disarmed when the key is turned to ON RUN ACC ACCESSOR
429. should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 Alternatively you may call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or you may write to the Mediation Arbitration Program at the following address Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle Identification Number VIN Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to Get e mail service reminders Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner manual Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find GM dealers retailers for service nationwide Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www MyGMLink com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle My GM Canada Canada onl
430. sible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion 7 10 Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to ensure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can he
431. sing the tire s air pressure If increasing the tire s air pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To decrease air pressure out of a tire you can use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key You have two minutes to match the first tire wheel position and five minutes overall to match all four tire wheel positions If it takes longer than two minutes to match the first tire and wheel or more than five minutes to match all four tire and wheel positions the matching process stops and you need to start over 5 68 The TPMS sensor matching process is outlined below 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off 3 Press the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter s LOCK and UNLOCK buttons at the same time for approximately five seconds The horn sounds twice to signal the receiver is in relearn mode and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on the DIC screen 4 Start with the driver side front tire 5 Remove the valve cap from the valve cap stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for five seconds or until a horn chirp sounds The horn chirp which may take up to 30 seconds to sound confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire and wheel position Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5
432. sition 2 Pull the wiper blade assembly away from the backglass The backglass wiper blade will not lock in a vertical position so care should be used when pulling it away from the vehicle 3 Turn the wiper blade assembly and pull it off of the wiper arm Hold the wiper arm in position and push the blade away from the wiper arm Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty booklet for details A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 35 Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 62 CAUTION Continued 5 56 CAUTION Continued Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them See High Speed Operation
433. sition indicator displays when the shift lever is moved out of PARK P There are several different positions for the shift lever PARK P This position locks your rear wheels It is the best position to use when you start your engine because your vehicle cannot move easily When parked on a hill especially when the vehicle has a heavy load you may notice an increase in the effort to shift out of PARK P See Torque Lock Automatic Transmission under Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 36 for more information 2 30 A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 36 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging
434. size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner When a CD is inserted the CD functions display above the pushbuttons in place of the preset stations if programmed Load Press to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD do the following 1 The ignition and the radio can be on or off 2 Press and release the button Please Wait displays 3 When INSERT displays insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in When a CD is inserted CD displays The number of the CD and the track number also displays if the radio is on If the radio is on the CD begins to play automatically To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 The ignition and the radio can be on or off 2 Press and hold the button for two seconds Please Wait displays and a beep sounds 3 When INSERT displays insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in Do not load a CD until INSERT displays The CD player takes up to six CDs Do not try to load more than six If you want to load less than six CDs load the desired amount The CD player times out when it does not receive any more CDs and the last CD loaded begins to play If the radio is on the last CD loaded begins to play automatically 3 81 Care of Your CDs If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that h
435. sole has a passenger airbag status indicator PASSENGER AIRBAG 2 OFF United States Canada When you start the vehicle the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag 3 37 If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may inflate A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child ina rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on 3 38 A CAUTION Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag wi
436. specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and your vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 43 If this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We
437. ss Variance The mirror is set in zone eight upon leaving the factory It will be necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if the vehicle is outside of zone eight Under certain circumstances as during a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to adjust for compass variance Compass variance is the difference between earth s magnetic north and true geographic north If not adjusted to account for compass variance the compass could give false readings 2 44 To adjust for compass variance do the following 1 Find your current location and variance zone number on the following zone map 2 Press and hold the on off button until a Z and a zone number appears in the display The compass is now in zone mode 3 Keep pressing the on off button until the desired zone number appears in the display Release the button After approximately four seconds of inactivity the new zone number will be locked in and the compass temperature display will return 4 Calibrate the compass as described next Compass Calibration The compass may need calibration if one of the following occurs After approximately five seconds the display does not show a compass heading N for North for example there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Such interference may be caused by a magnetic antenna mount magnetic note pad holder or a similar magnetic item The compass does not disp
438. ss ccindtcacasgeenddeneauarancamenened 3 25 Tilt Wheel eet SEERE DEERE ERE REE R ER ER KEE K REE KE EE KEE REE E ERE 3 6 Climate COntrolS 2 3 26 Heated Steering Wheel a aah atnaopanctawiauinacse 3 7 Dual Automatic Climate Control System 3 26 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 1 3 7 Outlet Adjustment sr 3 31 Turn and Lane Change Signals 3 Rear Air Conditioning and Heating System and Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Se Electronic Climate Controls 3 31 ag IT Wipers a 3 10 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 33 Windshield Washer scener 811 DT Ee eee petra occa 2 Rear Window Wiper Washer sneen 3 12 a and Odometer e ae Cruise Control s cceiccontexenctdnrcederecinhads eae 3 13 Ta iomele GE aomen eiiean aar meineed ae ocdemes nei ay Seley Bel AES es acces cae 3 35 Daytime Running Lamps DRL Saad 3 20 Se alg ie mae indicat te ts ets ae Automatic Headlamp System seere 3 20 nag amp ystenr mg NAICRON seep ae 5 39 a Brightness E tg i Brake System Warning Light sssseeree 3 40 Dome Lamps l 3 22 Antilock Brake System Warning Light 3 41 Dome Lamp Cece wc oct RADER 3 22 StabiliTrak Indicator Light 1 3 41 Entry Lighting c c ccccceccsecsceseseseeseseseseseseesees 3 22 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 1 1 1 1 3 42 Exit Lighting cc0cccccscsccssesesseseseeveseseeseseeseses 3 22 Tire Pressure Light 2222222 scene ei te
439. start up even when the If you do not explosive gas could be present engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you underhood electric fan Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery AN CAUTION gas to explode People have been hurt doing i i this and some have been blinded Use a Fans or other moving engine parts can injure flashlight if you need more light you badly Keep your hands away from moving Be sure the battery has enough water You do parts once the engine ts running not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there CAUTION Continued 5 42 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery
440. sure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 42 3 54 DRIVER DOOR OPEN This message displays and a chime sounds if the driver door is not fully closed and the vehicle is in a drive gear Stop and turn off the vehicle check the door for obstructions and close the door again Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC ENGINE HOT A C Air Conditioning TURNED OFF This message displays when the engine coolant becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 42 To avoid added strain on a hot engine the air conditioning compressor automatically turns off When the coolant temperature returns to normal the air conditioning compressor turns back on You can continue to drive your vehicle If this message continues to appear have the system repaired by your dealer retailer as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 26 for more information This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too hot Stop and allow the vehicle to idle until it cools down See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 42 See Overheated Engine Prot
441. system is not operating properly Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM This message displays when there is a problem with the theft deterrent system The vehicle may or may not restart so you may want to take the vehicle to your dealer retailer before turning off the engine See PASS Key Ill Operation on page 2 23 for more information SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM This message displays if a part on the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is not working properly The tire pressure light also flashes and then remains on during the same ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 42 Several conditions may cause this message to appear See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 65 for more information If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPMS See your dealer retailer SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL If your vehicle has StabiliTrak this message displays when there is a problem with the Traction Control System TCS When this message displays the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly See your dealer retailer for service See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 for more information STABILITRAK OFF If your vehicle has StabiliTrak this message displays when you turn off StabiliTrak or when the stability control has been automatically disabled To limit wheel spin and realize the full benefits of the stability enhance
442. t Turn to the left one notch to go to the start of the current chapter Turn it again to go to the previous chapter or turn to the right one notch to go to the next chapter INFO Press the programmed INFO soft key or press the tune select knob and turn until INFO is shown and then press the tune select knob Pressing INFO brings up the Information display It shows the current Title number Chapter number and elapsed time of the DVD and additional menu items F1 SUB Press to view the Subtitle Language Menu e F2 ANGLE Press to view the Angle Menu F6 BACK Press to return to the previous screen Playing a DVD Audio Disc Not all DVD audio discs are recorded to industry standards and for this reason might not play properly in your vehicle F1 Play Pause Press to pause the DVD if it is playing Press Play F1 to restart the DVD if it is paused F2 Stop Press once to stop the DVD and retain the current position Press it again from the stopped state to return to the beginning of the disc F3 Reverse Press and hold if the DVD player is playing to enter fast reverse mode Hold to play in reverse at four times the normal speed Hold it for more than four seconds to play in reverse at 32 times the normal speed Release to return to normal play mode F4 Forward Press and hold if the DVD player is playing to enter fast forward mode Hold to play at four times the normal speed Hold it for more than four s
443. t control on the outboard side of the seats See Power Reclining Seatbacks on page 1 7 Your vehicle has a memory function which allows seat settings to be saved and recalled See Memory Seat Mirrors and Pedals on page 1 6 Driver s Seat with Power Seat Control Power Recline and Power Lumbar shown 1 2 Power Lumbar The controls used to operate the power lumbar feature are located on the outboard side of the seats To increase lumbar support press and hold the front of the control To decrease lumbar support press and hold the rear of the control To raise the height of the support press and hold the top of the control To lower the height of the support press and hold the bottom of the control Let go of the control when the lower seatback reaches the desired level of support Your vehicle has a memory function which allows seat settings to be saved and recalled See Memory Seat Mirrors and Pedals on page 1 6 for more information Keep in mind that as your seating position changes as it may during long trips so should the position of your lumbar support Adjust the seat as needed Heated Seats If the front seats have the heated seat feature the buttons used to control this feature are located on the climate control panel Heated Seatback To heat only the seatback press the top button with the heated seatback symbol This symbol will appear on the climate control display
444. t operate it until the cause of the low oil pressure has been corrected Check the oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer See Engine Oil on page 5 14 PARKING ASSIST OFF After the vehicle has been started this message displays to remind the driver that the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system has been turned off Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and clear it from the DIC display To turn the URPA system back on see Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA on page 2 48 PASSENGER DOOR OPEN This message displays and a chime sounds if the passenger door is not fully closed and the vehicle is in a drive gear Stop and turn off the vehicle check the door for obstructions and close the door again Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC REAR ACCESS OPEN This message displays and a chime sounds if the liftgate or liftglass is open while the ignition is in ON RUN Turn off the vehicle and check the liftgate and liftglass Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE This message displays while you are matching a Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter to your vehicle See Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 and DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 49 for more information REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY This message displays if a
445. t passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards 5 74 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead bra
446. t to the siderail supports Tie the load to the crossrails or the siderail supports Use the crossrails only to keep the load from sliding To move the crossrails pull out on the latch release handle at each end Slide the crossrail to the desired position balancing the force side to side Push the release handle back into the latched position and slide the crossrail back and forth slightly to be sure the latch snaps securely into place lf you need to carry long items move the crossrails as far apart as they will go Tie the load to the crossrails and the siderails or siderail supports Also tie the load to the bumpers Do not tie the load so tightly that the crossrails or siderails are damaged After moving a crossrail be sure it is securely locked into the siderail 2 62 Your vehicle has a Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL located above the glass or above the rear load doors If items are loaded on the roof of the vehicle care should be taken not to block or damage the CHMSL unit Rear Storage Area Your vehicle may have a storage compartment located in the rear cargo area of the vehicle in the driver s side trim panel To open the utility compartment turn the knobs and swing the compartment door open The compartment door can be removed Rear Seat Armrest Your vehicle s second row seat may have an armrest storage compartment Pull the loop at the top of the armrest out to lower the armrest To open t
447. tal injuries The child could also move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest 1 52 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle ACAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle In addition young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone they need to use a child restraint 1 53 A CAUTION People should never hold an infant in their arms while riding in a vehicle An infant does not weigh much until a crash During a crash an infant will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib
448. te Controls See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 3 26 Pedal Adjust Button See Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 2 28 Heated Windshield Washer Fluid Button See Windshield Washer on page 3 11 Power Running Boards Disable Button lf Equipped See Power Running Boards on page 2 17 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 2 60 Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flashers warn others They also let police know you have a problem The hazard warning flasher button is located on top of the steering column Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off The hazard warning flashers work no matter what ignition position the key is in and even if the key is not in the ignition When the hazard warning flashers are on your vehicle s turn signals will not work Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn To sound the horn press the center pad on the steering wheel Tilt Wheel Your vehicle has a tilt wheel that lets you adjust the steering wheel before driving Raising it to the highest level gives more room to exit and enter your vehicle The tilt steering wheel lever is located on the lower left side of the column To tilt the wheel hold the steering wheel and pull the lever Then move t
449. ted in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 5 105 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Usage er Interior and exterior Polishing Cloth polishing cloth Tar and Road Removes tar road oil Oil Remover and asphalt Chrome Cleaner and Use on chrome or Polish stainless steel Removes soil and black
450. teep downhill slope A CAUTION Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane Top of hills Be alert something could be in your lane stalled car accident Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action See Off Road Driving on page 4 12 for information about driving off road 4 29 Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving Have your vehicle in good shape for winter You might want to put winter emergency supplies in your vehicle Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Also see Tires on page 5
451. tem is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be attached using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments 1 61 Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the position that will accommodate a child restraint with vehicle T
452. ter Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 36 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 111 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 35 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick add at least one quart liter of the recommended oil 5 14 This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 115 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross hatched area that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the lo
453. ter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 80 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change 5 17 How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Vehicles With an Air Filter Restriction Indicator Locate the air filter restriction indicator on the engine air cleaner filter cover When the indicator turns black or is in the red orange change zone replace the filter and reset the indicator See the steps following to replace the engine air cleaner filter and to reset the air filter restriction indicator Vehicles Without an Air Filter Restriction Indicator To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the engine air cleaner filter from the vehicle by following Steps 1 through 6 When you have the engine air cleaner filter removed lightly shake it to release loose dust and dirt If the engine air cleaner filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required Replacing the Engine Air Cleaner Filter and Resetting the Air Filter Restriction Indicator 1 Locate the air cleaner filter assembly See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 2 Loosen the four screws on the cover of the housing and lift up the cover 6 Reinstall the cover and tighten the screws 7 Reset the air filter restriction indicator if the vehicle has one by pressing
454. termarket hitch follow the trailer or hitch manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes If your trailer weighs more than 2 000 Ibs 900 kg loaded then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly 4 52 Driving with a Trailer A CAUTION If you have a rear most window open and you pull a trailer with your vehicle carbon monoxide CO could come into your vehicle You can not see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness or death See Engine Exhaust on page 2 39 To maximize your safety when towing a trailer Have your exhaust system inspected for leaks and make necessary repairs before starting on your trip Keep the rear most windows closed If exhaust does come into your vehicle through a window in the rear or another opening drive with your front main heating or cooling system on and with the fan on any speed This will bring fresh outside air into your vehicle Do not use the climate control setting for maximum air because it only recirculates the air inside your vehicle See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 3 26 Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you ll w
455. that is blocking the exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with the headlamps Let the heater run for a while 4 32 Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free your vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 34 lf your vehicle has a traction system it can often help to free a stuck vehicle Refer to your vehicle s traction system in the Index If the stuck condition is too severe for the tr
456. the same button again The garage door should move confirming that programming is successful and complete To program another Rolling Code device such as an additional garage door opener a security device or home automation device repeat Steps 1 through 5 choosing a different function button in Step 3 than what you used for the garage door opener If these instructions do not work you probably have a Fixed Code garage door opener Follow the Programming instructions that follow for a Fixed Code garage door opener Programming Universal Home Remote Fixed Code If you have questions or need help programming the Universal Home Remote System call 1 866 572 2728 or go to www learcar2u com Most garage door openers sold before 1996 are Fixed Code units Programming a garage door opener involves time sensitive actions so read the entire procedure before you begin If you do not follow these actions the device will time out and you will have to repeat the procedure 2 56 To program up to three devices 1 To verify if you have a Fixed Code garage door opener remove the battery cover on your hand held transmitter supplied by the manufacturer of your garage door opener motor If you see a row of dip switches similar to the graphic above you have a Fixed Code garage door opener If you do not see a row of dip switches return to the previous section for Programming Universal Home Remote Rolling Code Your han
457. the surface like Smooth Rough Slippery Hard packed dirt Gravel Are there hidden surface obstacles Ruts Logs Boulders What is at the bottom of the hill Is there a hidden creek bank or even a river bottom with large rocks If you decide you can go down a hill safely then try to keep your vehicle headed straight down and use a low gear This way engine drag can help the brakes and they will not have to do all the work Descend slowly keeping your vehicle under control at all times Never go downhill with the transmission in o NEUTRAL N This is called free wheeling A CAUTION The brakes will have to do all the work and could overheat and fade Heavy braking when going down a hill can Your vehicle is much more likely to stall when going cause your brakes to overheat and fade This uphill But if it happens when going downhill could cause loss of control and a serious accident Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under control 1 Stop your vehicle by applying the regular brakes Apply the parking brake 2 Shift to PARK P and while still braking restart the engine WE i 3 Shift back to a low gear release the parking brake There some things not to do when driving down a hill and drive straight down These are important because if you ignore them you could lose control and have a serious accident When driving downhill avoid t
458. the top button on the indicator NY HATE TOR A CAUTION Wrap D CORN TT yeUianets veil SABINE iN SK i tants tt UAT ec ais avait atte Ath KUSKE Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air 3 Remove the engine air cleaner filter from the cleaner filter off housing Care should be taken to dislodge as little dirt as possible 4 Clean the engine air cleaner filter sealing surfaces and the housing 5 Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter 5 19 Automatic Transmission Fluid When to Check and Change Automatic Transmission Fluid It is usually not necessary to check the transmission fluid level The only reason for fluid loss is a transmission leak or overheating the transmission If you suspect a small leak then use the following checking procedures to check the fluid level However if there is a large leak then it may be necessary to have the vehicle towed to a dealer retailer service department and have it repaired before driving the vehicle further Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transmission
459. the vehicle is unloaded e Improve control of vehicle speed while requiring less throttle pedal activity when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load 4 45 Tow haul is designed to be most effective when the vehicle and trailer combined weight is at least 75 percent of the vehicle s Gross Combination Weight Rating GCWR See Weight of the Trailer later in this section Press this button at the end of the shift lever to enable disable the tow haul mode A light on the instrument panel will illuminate to indicate that tow haul mode has been selected The vehicle will automatically turn off tow haul every time it is started Driving with tow haul activated without a heavy load or with no trailer will cause reduced fuel economy and unpleasant engine and transmission driving characteristics but will not cause damage Operating the vehicle in tow haul when lightly loaded or with no trailer at all will not cause damage However there is no benefit to the selection of tow haul when the vehicle is unloaded Such a selection when unloaded may result in unpleasant engine and transmission driving characteristics and reduced fuel economy Tow haul is recommended only when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load Weight of the Trailer Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required How heavy can a trailer safely be trailering equipment The wei
460. tion 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors Notice Contact between the child restraint LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly may cause damage to these parts Make sure when securing unused safety belts behind the child restraint that there is no contact between the child restraint LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly 1 67 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if the vehicle has one Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback 1 68 If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the headrest or head restraint If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a si
461. tion Centre by calling 1 888 446 2000 7 2 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield Dealership name and location Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Cadillac please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE United States Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard withi
462. tly makes adjustments to improve vehicle performance according to how the vehicle is being used such as with a heavy load or when temperature changes During this adaptive shift controls process shifting may feel different as the transmission determines the best settings When temperatures are very cold the Hydra Matic 6L80 automatic transmission s gear shifting may be delayed providing more stable shifts until the engine warms up Shifts may be more noticeable with a cold transmission This difference in shifting is normal Driver Shift Control DSC Your vehicle has a Driver Shift Control DSC The DSC controls the vehicle s transmission and vehicle speed while driving down hill or towing a trailer by allowing you to select a desired range of gears To use this feature do the following 1 Move the shift lever to the MANUAL MODE M 2 Press the plus minus button to upshift or downshift selecting the desired range of gears for your current driving conditions The DIC display will show the message MANUAL SHIFT on the first line and the current gear will be displayed on the second line See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 48 and DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 49 for more information The number displayed in the DIC is the highest gear that can be used However your vehicle can automatically shift to lower gears as it adjusts to driving conditions This means that all gears below that number are availab
463. to indicate that the feature is on Press the button to cycle through the temperature settings of high medium and low and to turn the heated seatback off Indicator bars next to the symbol designate the level of heat selected three for high two for medium and one for low sf Heated Seat and Seatback To heat the entire seat press the bottom button with the heated seat and seatback symbol This symbol will appear on the climate control display to indicate that the feature is on Press the button to cycle through the temperature settings of high medium and low and to turn the heated seat off Indicator bars next to the symbol designate the level of heat selected three for high two for medium and one for low The heated seats will be canceled ten seconds after the ignition is turned off If you want to use the heated seat feature after you restart the vehicle you will need to press the appropriate heated seat button again If your vehicle has heated and cooled seats see Heated and Cooled Seats on page 1 5 Heated and Cooled Seats If the front seats have the heated and cooled seat feature the buttons used to control this feature are located on the climate control panel amp Cooled Seat To cool the entire seat press the button with the cooled seat symbol This symbol will appear on the climate control display to indicate that the feature is on Press the button to cycle through the temperature settings of
464. to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunk Driving A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons f
465. to enter the main menu Turn the same knob until SET CLOCK displays Press this knob to select SET CLOCK Turn this knob to adjust the time Press the same knob to update the time VEHICLE TIME UPDATED displays If the CLOCK RADIO DISP display is programmed into one of the configurable keys pressing the key switches the display back to the clock set function The time and date always appears on the radio display See Configurable Radio Display Keys later in this section for more information on configuring the keys aro nN 3 71 Setting the Date 1 Press the knob the passenger side knob to enter the main menu Turn the same knob until SET DATE displays Press this knob to select SET DATE Turn this knob to adjust the date Press the same knob to update the time VEHICLE DATE UPDATED displays If the DATE is programmed into one of the configurable keys pressing the key switches the display back to the date set function The time and date always appears on the radio display See Configurable Radio Display Keys later in this section for more information on configuring the keys aPron 3 72 Radio s 21 JAN 2004 12 10 98 5 97 7 102 9 A08 5Y 99 1 O EAEE O Radio with CD and DVD Playing the Radio b Power Press to turn the radio on and off Press and hold for more than two seconds to turn off the radio RSE Rear Seat Entertainment video screen and RSA Rear Seat Audio
466. to flash This will cause the turn signals to automatically flash three times It will flash six times if tow haul mode is active Holding the turn signal lever for more than one second will cause the turn signals to flash until you release the lever The lever will return by itself when it is released An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash more quickly than normal a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers will not see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when you signal a turn check for burned out bulbs and a blown fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 108 Turn Signal On Chime If your turn signal is left on for more than 3 4 of a mile 1 2 km a chime will sound at each flash of the turn signal and the message TURN SIGNAL ON will also appear in the Driver Information Control DIC To turn the chime and message off move the turn signal lever to the off position Headlamp High Low Beam Changer ZD D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low to high beam push the lever toward the instrument panel To return to low beam headlamps pull the multifunction lever toward you Then release it When the high beams are on this indicator light on the instrument panel cluster will also be
467. ton quickly until you reach the correct zone number Stop pressing the button and the mirror will return to normal operation If C appears in the compass window the compass needs calibration See Compass Calibration listed previously Outside Temperature Outside temperature is shown in the mirror display Temperature will be displayed in Fahrenheit or Celsius based on the choice of English or metric in the vehicle s configuration menu lf an abnormal temperature reading is displayed for an extended period of time please consult your dealer retailer Under certain circumstances a delay in updating the temperature is normal Cleaning the Mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display Your vehicle has this feature When on the automatic dimming mirror dims to the proper level to minimize glare from lights behind you after dark The mirror has a dual display in the upper right corner of the mirror face that shows the compass reading and the outside temperature Control buttons for the OnStar system are at the bottom of the mirror See OnStar System on page 2 50 for more information about the services OnStar provides On Off This is the on off button Temperature
468. true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable 7 12 Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a GM dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance covera
469. ts that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil ask your dealer retailer a service station or a local recycling center for help Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter and the air filter restriction indicator if the vehicle has one When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter If your vehicle has an air filter restriction indicator it lets you know when the engine air cleaner filter needs to be replaced On vehicles with a restriction indicator you should inspect the air filter restriction indicator at every oil change and replace the engine air cleaner filter when the indicator tells you to On vehicles without an air filter restriction indicator inspect the air cleaner fil
470. ty belts An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 42 According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly Z CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt cannot properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 1 51 A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child might slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fa
471. uid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision Washer Fluid There is a paddle marked with the windshield washer symbol at the top of the multifunction lever To spray washer fluid on the windshield push the paddle The wipers will clear the window and then either stop or return to your preset speed Heated Windshield Washer The heated windshield washer fluid system may be used to help clear ice snow tree sap or bugs from your windshield The button is located in the switchbank under the climate controls Push the heated washer fluid button while the ignition is turned on to activate the heated windshield washer fluid system The indicator light will flash This activation will initiate four heated wash wipe cycles The first heated wash wipe cycle may take up to 40 seconds to occur depending on outside temperature After the first wash wipe cycle it may take up to 20 seconds for each of the remaining cycles to begin Press the button again to turn off the heated windshield washer fluid system or it will automatically turn off after four wash wipe cycles have been completed When the heated windshield washer fluid system is activated under certain outside temperature conditions steam may flow out of the washer nozzles for a short period of time before washer fluid is sprayed This is a normal condition 3 11 Rear Window Wiper Washer A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until th
472. uld be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Hood and Liftgate Support Gas Strut Service Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear corrosion cracks loss of lubricant or other damage Check the hold open ability of gas strut If necessary replace with genuine parts from your dealer retailer Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Usage Fluid Lubricant The engine requires a special engine oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M Oils meeting this standard can be identified as synthetic and should also be identified with the American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol However not all synthetic API oils with the starburst symbol will meet this GM standard Look for and use only oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M For the proper viscosity see Engine Oil on page 5 14 Engine Oil 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 5 24
473. ur dealer retailer to have your safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced If your vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash you may need new LATCH system parts New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system if equipped was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a crash if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 36 1 93 4 NOTES 1 94 Section 2 Features and Controls KEYS vers arr rr ease 2 3 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 24 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 4 New Vehicle Break In cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 24 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Ignition POSitiONS ccccecee cece ee ER eler ser 2 25 Operation s c ccadeniceentadamiencanancrmenec dines ERE 2 4 Retained Accessory Power RAP 800 2 26 Remote Vehicle Start c cceeeeeneeeeeeeaeeaes 2 7 Starting the Engine ccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 26 Doors and LOCKS reren 2 10 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal 2 28 Door LOCKS maree ana E a E EEE 2 10 Engine Coolant Heater sssssssssssenee 2 28
474. uring poor weather conditions features like all wheel drive help make it much better suited for off road use Its higher ground clearance also helps your vehicle step over some off road obstacles But your vehicle does not have features like special underbody shielding and a transfer case low gear range things that are usually thought necessary for extended or severe off road service Also see Braking on page 4 3 The airbag system is designed to work properly under a wide range of conditions including off road usage Observe safe driving speeds especially on rough terrain As always wear your safety belt Off road driving can be great fun But it does have some definite hazards The greatest of these is the terrain itself Off roading means you have left the North American road system behind Traffic lanes are not marked Curves are not banked There are no road signs Surfaces can be slippery rough uphill or downhill In short you have gone right back to nature Off road driving involves some new skills And that is why it is very important that you read this guide You will find many driving tips and suggestions These will help make your off road driving safer and more enjoyable If you think you will need some more ground clearance at the front of your vehicle you can remove the front fascia lower air dam The front fascia lower air dam is held in place by two bolts and 10 snap features The bolts and sna
475. urned off For additional information on AudioPilot visit www bose com audiopilot Finding a Station BAND Press to select AM FM1 FM2 or XM1 or XM2 if equipped Tune Select Turn to select radio stations K pl Seek Press the left arrow to go to the previous station and stay there Press the right arrow to go to the next station and stay there The sound mutes while seeking The radio only seeks stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band 3 73 K l Scan Press the arrows to enter scan mode SCAN displays Press the arrows to scan to the next station The radio goes to a station plays for five seconds and then goes on to the next station Press the arrows again to stop scanning To scan preset stations press and hold the arrows for more than two seconds until a beep sounds and PSCAN displays The radio goes to the first preset station plays for five seconds and then goes to the next preset station Press the arrows again to stop scanning presets The radio only scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band amp LOCAL DISTANT Selection With this feature the radio can be set to search for local stations or stations that are further away for a larger selection To set this feature to LOCAL or DISTANT perform the following steps 1 Press the tune select knob to enter the main menu 2 Turn this knob until SEEK LOCAL or SEEK DISTANT displays 3 Press this
476. urns that take you across the incline of the hill A hill that is not too steep to drive down may be too steep to drive across You could roll over if you do not drive straight down 4 If the engine will not start get out and get help 4 21 Driving Across an Incline Sooner or later an off road trail will probably go across the incline of a hill If this happens you have to decide whether to try to drive across the incline Here are some things to consider A CAUTION Driving across an incline that is too steep will make your vehicle roll over You could be seriously injured or killed If you have any doubt about the steepness of the incline do not drive across it Find another route instead A hill that can be driven straight up or down may be too steep to drive across When you go straight up or down a hill the length of the wheel base the distance from the front wheels to the rear wheels reduces the likelihood the vehicle will tumble end over end But when you drive across an incline the much more narrow track width the distance between the left and right wheels may not prevent the vehicle from tilting and rolling over Also driving across an incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels This could cause a downhill slide or a rollover 4 22 Surface conditions can be a problem when you drive across a hill Loose gravel muddy spots or even wet grass can cause the tires to slip sideways
477. ve gear not in NEUTRAL Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlets Turn off the radio and all the lamps that are not needed This avoids sparks and helps save both batteries And it could save the radio 4 Open the hood on the other vehicle and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on that vehicle Your vehicle has a remote positive jump starting terminal and a remote negative jump starting terminal You should always use these remote terminals instead of the terminals on the battery If the vehicle has a remote positive terminal it is located under a red plastic cover at the positive battery post To uncover the remote positive terminal open the red plastic cover Dy LZ a NA The remote negative terminal is a stud located on the right front of the engine where the negative battery cable attaches See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on the location of the remote positive and remote negative terminals 5 41 A CAUTION If it is low add water to take care of that first An electric fan can
478. vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility Increase the radio volume if you cannot hear the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red this means that your system is not functioning properly and should be checked by your dealer retailer If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired You can always press the OnStar button to confirm that your OnStar equipment is active Universal Home Remote System Universal Home Remote System The Universal Home Remote System provides a way to replace up to three hand held Radio Frequency RF transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home lighting This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 2 53 This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization
479. vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and the parking brake is firmly set After the shift lever is moved into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pulling it toward you If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transmission into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle can put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission It might be difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 36 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before releasing the parking brake If torque lock does occur you might need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission Then you should be able to pull the shift lever out of PARK P Shifting Out of PARK P This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in PARK P with the shift lever button fully released and e Prevent movement of the shift lever out
480. w Vehicles that have the remote vehicle start feature are shipped from the factory with the remote vehicle start system enabled The system may be enabled or disabled through the DIC See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 for additional information Remote Start Ready If your vehicle does not have the remote vehicle start feature it may have the remote start ready feature This feature allows your dealer retailer to add the manufacturers remote vehicle start feature If your vehicle has the remote start ready feature your RKE transmitter will have extended range that will allow you to lock or unlock your vehicle from approximately 197 feet 60 m away See your dealer retailer if you would like to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature to your vehicle Doors and Locks There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle From the outside use the Remote Keyless Entry RKE Door Locks transmitter or the key in the driver s door From the inside use the power door locks or manual door locks To lock or unlock the door with the manual A CAUTION locks push down or pull up on the manual lock knob Unlocked doors can be dangerous Power Door Locks Passengers especially children can easily The power door lock switches are located on the open the doors and fall out of a moving front doors vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance fA U
481. w periodically using glass cleaner on a soft cloth Gently wipe the sensor window Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the surface of the sensor window Headlamps on Reminder If a door is open a reminder chime will sound when your headlamps or parking lamps are manually turned on and your key is out of the ignition To turn off the chime turn the headlamp switch to off or AUTO and then back on or close and re open the door In the AUTO mode the headlamps turn off once the ignition is in LOCK or may remain on until the headlamp delay ends if enabled in the DIC See Exit Lighting under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 3 19 Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The DRL system will come on when the following conditions are met The ignition is on The exterior lamps control is in AUTO The transmission is not in PARK P The light sensor determines it is daytime When the DRL are on only the DRL lamps will be on The taillamps sidemarker and other lamps will not be on The instrument panel will not be lit up either When it begins to get dark the automatic headlamp
482. when the front passenger s door is open and the key is in the ignition all of the doors will lock and then the front passenger s door will unlock Liftgate Liftglass ACAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the liftglass or liftgate open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the liftglass or liftgate open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the liftglass or liftgate Make sure all other windows are shut Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed with the recirculation mode off That will force outside air into your vehicle See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 3 26 If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way If your vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate disable the power liftgate function See Engine Exhaust on page 2 39 See Power Liftgate on page 2 14 for more information on how to use the power liftgate To unlock the liftgate use the power door lock switch or press the door unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter twice See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 On vehicles with a liftglass press the button on the underside of the license pocket applique A to open it The liftglass can also be open
483. when traction control is off but will not be able to use the engine speed management system See Traction Control Operation next for more information When the traction control system has been turned off you may still hear system noises as a result of the brake traction control coming on It is recommended to leave the system on for normal driving conditions but it may be necessary to turn the system off if your vehicle is stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock your vehicle to attempt to free it It may also be necessary to turn off the system when driving in extreme off road conditions where high wheel spin is required See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 33 Traction Control Operation The traction control system is part of the StabiliTrak system Traction control limits wheel spin by reducing engine power to the wheels engine speed management and by applying brakes to each individual wheel brake traction control as necessary The traction control system is enabled automatically when you start your vehicle It will activate and the StabiliTrak light will flash if it senses that any of the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction while driving If you turn off traction control only the brake traction control portion of traction control will work The engine speed management will be disabled In this mode engine power is not reduced automatically and the drive
484. will remain at the maximum heat setting Choosing either maximum setting will not cause the vehicle to heat or cool any faster Be careful not to cover the sensor located on the top of the instrument panel near the windshield This sensor regulates air temperature based on sun load and also turns on your headlamps To avoid blowing cold air in cold weather the system will delay turning on the fan until warm air is available The length of delay depends on the engine coolant temperature Pressing the fan switch will override this delay and change the fan to a selected speed D Off Press the driver s side temperature knob to turn off the climate control system Outside air will still enter the vehicle and will be directed to the floor This direction can be changed by pressing the mode button The temperature can also be adjusted using either temperature knob Press the up or down arrows on the fan switch the defrost button the AUTO button driver s side temperature knob or the air conditioning button to turn the system on when it is off 3 27 Manual Operation You may manually adjust the air delivery mode or fan speed AQ V Fan The switch with the fan symbol allows you to manually adjust the fan speed Press the up arrow to increase fan speed and the down arrow to decrease fan speed Pressing this button when the system is off will turn the system on Pressing either arrow while using automatic operation will
485. witch to raise the When there are children in the rear seat use i window the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows Express Down Windows Windows with an express down feature allow the windows to be lowered without holding the switch Press down fully on the window switch then release to activate the express down mode The express down mode can be canceled at any time by pulling up on the front edge of the switch Window Lockout fa Window Lockout The window lockout switch is located with the power window switches on the driver s door armrest This feature prevents the rear passenger windows from operating except from the driver s position Press the switch to turn the lockout feature on or off An indicator light will come on to show the lockout feature is on 2 20 Sun Visors Pull the sun visor down to block glare Detach the sun visor from the center mount and slide it along the rod from side to side to cover the driver or passenger side of the front window Swing the sun visor to the side to cover the side window It can be moved along the rod from side to side in this position also Lighted Visor Vanity Mirror Your vehicle has lighted visor vanity mirrors on both the driver s and passenger s sun visors Pull the sun visor down and lift the mirror cover to turn the lamps on Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your
486. ws A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets ina vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather The power window controls are located on each of the side doors Power Windows ACAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome from extreme heat in warm or hot weather and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children Driver s Side shown or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or The driver s door also has switches that control the other controls or even make the vehicle move passenger and rear windows The power windows work The windows will function with the keys in the when the ignition has been turned to ACCESSORY are i re or RUN or when Retained Accessory Power RAP is ignition and they could be seriously injured or active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on killed if caught in the path of a closing i 5 i page 2 26 window Do not leave keys in a vehicle with i Press the switch to lower the window children Pull up on the front edge of the s
487. y My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada section within www gmcanada com Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Cadillac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Cadillac by dialing 1 800 833 CMCC 2622 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Cadillac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Cadillac the letter should be addressed to United States Customer Assistance Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit
488. y whenever you set the cruise control The light goes out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 3 13 for more information Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 9 for more information Tow Haul Mode Light This light comes on when the Tow Haul mode has been activated For more information see Tow Haul Mode on page 2 34 3 47 Fuel Gage When the ignition is on the fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have left in your tank The gage will first indicate empty before you are out of fuel and you should get more fuel as soon as possible Here are some situations you may experience with your fuel gage None of these indicate a problem with the fuel gage At the gas station the fuel pump shuts off before the gage reads full It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the fuel gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank e The gage goes back to empty when you turn off the ignition 3 48 Driver Information Center DIC Your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC The DIC displays information about your vehicle It also displays warning messages if a system problem is detected The DIC also allows some features to be customized See DI
489. y But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible 5 78 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on your vehicle s hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning
490. y buttons power mirror buttons or adjustable pedal switch If something has blocked the driver s seat and or the adjustable pedals while recalling a memory position the driver s seat and or the adjustable pedals recall may stop working If this happens remove the obstruction and press the appropriate function control for two seconds Then try recalling the memory position again by pressing the appropriate memory button If the memory position is still not recalling see your dealer for service Easy Exit Seat The control for this feature is located on the driver s door between buttons 1 and 2 With the vehicle in PARK P the exit position can be recalled by pressing the exit button You will hear a single beep The driver s seat will move back lf the easy exit seat feature is on in the Driver Information Center DIC automatic seat movement will occur when the key is removed from the ignition See EASY EXIT SEAT under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 for more information Further programming for the memory seat feature can be done using the DIC You can select the automatic easy exit seat feature or the remote memory seat recall feature For programming information see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 61 Power Reclining Seatbacks Driver s Seat with Power Seat Control Power Recline and Power Lumbar shown The controls for the power reclining seatback are located on the outboard side of the fro
491. y replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 See footnote k Q Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 69 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 10 m Inspect brake system See footnote a Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Inspect suspension and steering components See footnote b Inspect engine cooling system See footnote c Inspect wiper blades See footnote d Inspect restraint system components See footnote e Lubricate body components See footnote f Check transmission fluid level and add fluid as needed Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services TE 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40 000 80000 120 000 160000 200 000 240 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Vehicles without a filter restriction indicator Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 17 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter normal service Change
492. y may read one number but if the vehicle is driven on a freeway the number may change even though the same amount of fuel is in the fuel tank This is because different driving conditions produce different fuel economies Generally freeway driving produces better fuel economy than city driving Fuel range cannot be reset Average Economy Press the trip fuel button until AVERAGE ECONOMY displays This display shows the approximate average miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number is calculated based on the number of mpg L 100 km recorded since the last time this menu item was reset To reset AVERAGE ECONOMY press and hold the set reset button Fuel Used Press the trip fuel button until FUEL USED displays This display shows the number of gallons gal or liters L of fuel used since the last reset of this menu item To reset the fuel used information press and hold the set reset button while FUEL USED is displayed Timer Press the trip fuel button until TIMER displays This display can be used as a timer To start the timer press the set reset button while TIMER is displayed The display will show the amount of time that has passed since the timer was last reset not including time the ignition is off Time will continue to be counted as long as the ignition is on even if another display is being shown on the DIC The timer will record up to 99 hours 59 minutes and 59 seconds 99 59
493. y place If the remote control becomes lost or damaged a new universal remote control can be purchased If this happens make sure the universal remote control uses a code set of Toshiba 3 99 Remote Control Buttons D Power Press to turn the video screen on and off 3 Illumination Press to turn the remote control backlight on The backlight automatically times out after 7 to 10 seconds if no other button is pressed while the backlight is on pa Title Press to return the DVD to the main menu of the DVD This function can vary for each disc 3 100 Main Menu Press to access the DVD menu The DVD menu is different on every DVD Use the navigation arrows to move the cursor around the DVD menu After making a selection press the enter button This button only operates when using a DVD A V lt 4 Menu Navigation Arrows Use the arrow buttons to navigate through a menu t Enter Press to select the choice that is highlighted in any menu CJ Display Menu Press to adjust the brightness screen display mode normal full or Zoom and display the language menu amp gt Return Press to exit the current active menu and return to the previous menu This button operates only when the display menu or a DVD menu is active HM Stop Press to stop playing fast reversing or fast forwarding a DVD Press twice to return to the beginning of the DVD gt Play Pause Press to start p
494. y true for off road driving At the very time you need special alertness and driving skills your reflexes perceptions and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You could have a serious or even fatal accident if you drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking See Drunk Driving on page 4 2 Driving on Off Road Hills Off road driving often takes you up down or across a hill Driving safely on hills requires good judgment and understanding of what your vehicle can and cannot do There are some hills that simply cannot be driven no matter how well built the vehicle ACAUTION Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you will stall If you drive down them you cannot control your speed If you drive across them you will roll over You could be seriously injured or killed If you have any doubt about the steepness do not drive the hill Approaching a Hill When you approach a hill you need to decide if it is one of those hills that is just too steep to climb descend or cross Steepness can be hard to judge On a very small hill for example there may be a smooth constant incline with only a small change in elevation where you can easily see all the way to the top On a large hill the incline may get steeper as you near the top but you may not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden by bushes grass or shrubs Here are some other t
495. your transmission see f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 33 NEUTRAL N In this position your engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Also use NEUTRAL N when your vehicle is being towed ACAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting your vehicle DRIVE D This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy for your vehicle If you need more power for passing and you are Going less than about 35 mph 55 km h push your accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down By doing this the vehicle shifts down to the next gear and has more power DRIVE D can be used when towing a trailer carrying a heavy load driving on steep hills or for off road driving You may want to shift the transmission to a lower gear selection if the transmission shifts too often
496. ys set the parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 36 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 44 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with Intellibeam OnStar Compass and Temperature Display Your vehicle may have an automatic dimming rearview mirror with Intellibeam OnStar compass and temperature display For more information on OnStar see OnStar System on page 2 50 For more information on Intellibeam see Intellibeam Intelligent High Beam Headlamp Control System under Exterior Lamps on page 3 16 The mirror includes an eight point compass display in the upper right corner of the mirror face When on the compass automatically calibrates as the vehicle is driven Outside temperature is also shown in the display Automatic Dimming Your vehicle has an inside automatic dimming rearview mirror The automatic dimming feature is activated whenever the vehicle is turned on and dims only during nighttime driving Compass Operation AUTO D Press and hold the auto highbeam button for about three seconds to turn the compass temperature display on or off When the ignition and the display features are on the display will show two character boxes for about two seconds After two seconds the mirror will display the compass heading and temperature Comp
497. ystem detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 85 for additional information If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 67 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 61 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before secur

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Rexel 2102633 stapler  Broadband Router User`s Manual  BEDIENUNGSANLEITUNG  FC2901 - Réhausseur Groupe 1-2  Zanussi ZUD 9100 F Instruction Booklet  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file